Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

pass-degree

  • 61 hecho

    adj.
    1 made, done.
    2 made, created.
    intj.
    1 done.
    2 agreed.
    m.
    1 fact, point of fact, event, happening.
    2 act, feat, deed, action.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: hacer.
    * * *
    1 (realidad) fact
    2 (suceso) event, incident
    ————————
    1→ link=hacer hacer
    1 (carne) done
    2 (persona) mature
    3 (frase, expresión) set
    4 (ropa) ready-made
    1 (realidad) fact
    2 (suceso) event, incident
    ► interjección ¡hecho!
    1 done!, agreed!
    \
    a lo hecho pecho it's no use crying over spilt milk
    ¡bien hecho! well done!
    de hecho in fact
    el hecho es que... the fact is that...
    eso está hecho figurado that won't take long, that'll only take a minute
    estar hecho,-a un,-a... to be...
    ■ está hecho un vago he's a real waster, he's a real layabout
    hecho,-a a mano handmade
    hecho,-a a máquina machine-made
    hecho,-a en casa home-made
    hechos son amores actions speak louder than words
    lo hecho hecho está what's done is done
    muy hecho,-a (carne) well-cooked 2 (pasada) overdone
    poco,-a hecho,-a (carne) rare 2 (insuficientemente) underdone
    hecho consumado fait accompli
    hecho de armas feat of arms
    Hechos de los Apóstoles RELIGIÓN Acts of the Apostles
    * * *
    1. noun m.
    1) fact
    2) deed
    2. (f. - hecha)
    adj.
    1) done, made
    * * *
    1.
    PP de hacer
    2. ADJ
    1) (=realizado) done

    si le dijiste que no fuera, mal hecho — if you told him not to go, then you were wrong o you shouldn't have

    ¡hecho! — (=de acuerdo) agreed!, it's a deal!

    2) (=manufacturado) made

    ¿de qué está hecho? — what's it made of?

    3) (=acabado) done, finished; (=listo) ready

    ¿está hecha la comida? — is dinner ready?

    4) (Culin)
    a) (=maduro) [queso, vino] mature; [fruta] ripe
    b) (=cocinado)

    muy hecho — (=bien) well-cooked; (=demasiado) overdone

    no muy hecho, poco hecho — underdone, undercooked

    un filete poco o no muy hecho — a rare steak

    5) (=convertido en)

    ella, hecha una furia, se lanzó — she hurled herself furiously

    6) [persona]

    hecho y derecho —

    7) (=acostumbrado)
    3. SM
    1) (=acto)

    hechos, y o que no palabras — actions speak louder than words

    2) (=realidad) fact; (=suceso) event

    el hecho es que... — the fact is that...

    un hecho histórico — (=acontecimiento) an historic event; (=dato) a historical fact

    hecho imponible — (Econ) taxable source of income

    3)

    de hecho — in fact, as a matter of fact

    de hecho, yo no sé nada de eso — in fact o as a matter of fact, I don't know anything about that

    4) (Jur)
    * * *
    I
    - cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]
    1) ( manufacturado) made

    bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

    lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

    tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil

    hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something

    hecho! — it's a deal!, done!

    II
    - cha adjetivo
    1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)
    2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

    hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

    3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

    un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak

    III
    1)
    a) (acto, acción)

    ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

    b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event
    2) (realidad, verdad) fact

    el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

    3)
    * * *
    I
    - cha participio pasado [ ver tb hacer]
    1) ( manufacturado) made

    bien/mal hecho — well/badly made

    lo hecho, hecho está — what's done is done

    tú estás hecho un vago — you've become o turned into a lazy devil

    hecho a algo — used o accustomed to something

    hecho! — it's a deal!, done!

    II
    - cha adjetivo
    1) < ropa> ready-to-wear, off-the-rack (AmE), off-the-peg (esp BrE)
    2) ( terminado) < trabajo> done

    hecho y derecho — < hombre> (fully) grown; < abogado> fully-fledged

    3) (esp Esp) < carne> done

    un filete muy/poco hecho — a well-done/rare steak

    III
    1)
    a) (acto, acción)

    ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos — those are just words, I want action o I want something done

    b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event
    2) (realidad, verdad) fact

    el hecho es que... — the fact (of the matter) is that...

    3)
    * * *
    hecho1
    1 = event, fact, deed.

    Ex: The concept of corporate body includes named occasional groups and events, such as meetings, conferences, congresses, expeditions, exhibitions, festivals, and fairs.

    Ex: Apart from the fact that different librarians may consult different reference sources, there are other factors which may lead different cataloguers to different decisions.
    Ex: Books were kept for historical records of deeds done by the inhabitants: their worthy acts as well as their sins.
    * apuntar el hecho de que = point to + the fact that.
    * cegarse ante el hecho de que = blind + Pronombre + to the fact that.
    * de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.
    * de hecho = actually, as a matter of fact, as it happened, de facto, in actual fact, in effect, in fact, indeed, in point of fact, in actuality, as it happens, as it is, effectively, for all intents and purposes, to all intents and purposes, for that matter.
    * del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = easier said than done.
    * del dicho al hecho hay mucho trecho = There's many a slip 'twixt cup and lip.
    * demostración del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.
    * desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.
    * dicho sin hecho no tiene provecho = actions speak louder than words.
    * el hecho es que = fact is, the fact is (that).
    * el hecho es que... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * en cuanto a los hechos = factually.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * enfrentarse al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * entre el dicho y el hecho hay un gran trecho = many a slip between the cup and the lip.
    * enunciado de los hechos = statement of fact.
    * estado de hecho = rule of men.
    * explicar + Posesivo + versión de los hechos = explain + Posesivo + side of the story.
    * exposición de los hechos = statement of fact.
    * hacer frente al hecho de que = face + (up to) the fact that.
    * hacer frente a los hechos = face + facts.
    * hecho casual = coincidence, chance happening.
    * hecho consumado = fait accompli.
    * hecho demostrado = established fact.
    * hecho ineludible = hard fact.
    * hecho real = brute fact.
    * hechos dispersos = random facts.
    * hechos, los = plain fact, the.
    * hechos reales = true story.
    * no prestar atención al hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * olvidarse del hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.
    * pareja de hecho = common-law husband, common-law wife, common-law marriage.
    * partiendo del hecho de que = based on the understanding that.
    * perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.
    * por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.
    * por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * presunción de hecho = prima facie.
    * prueba del hecho de que = evidence of the fact that.
    * ser un hecho ampliamente aceptado = it + be + widely agreed.
    * ser un hecho ampliamente reconocido = it + be + widely recognised.
    * ser un hecho bien conocido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser un hecho bien sabido que = it + be + a (well)-known fact that.
    * ser un hecho poco conocido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * ser un hecho poco sabido que = it + be + a little known fact that.
    * sin meternos en el hecho de que = to say nothing of.
    * sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.
    * verificación de los hechos = fact checking.

    hecho2

    Ex: What was pinned up ranged from sheets of paper with nothing more written on them than a title and author to elaborate and beautifully executed illustrations.

    * a lo hecho, pecho = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk, you've made your bed, now you must lie in it!.
    * bien hecho = well-rendered, well done.
    * cartón hecho de paja = strawboard.
    * comprar Algo hecho en serie = buy + off-the-shelf.
    * comprar Algo ya hecho de antemano = buy + off-the-shelf.
    * cosa hecha = plain sailing, walkover.
    * dado por hecho = foregone.
    * dando por hecho que = based on the understanding that, on the understanding that.
    * dar por hecho = take for + granted.
    * dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.
    * dicho y hecho = no sooner said than done.
    * estar hecho a escala = be to scale.
    * estar hecho con la intención de = be intended for/to.
    * estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.
    * estar hecho el uno para el otro = be two of a kind, be a right pair.
    * estar hecho para = be geared to, be intended for/to, mean, be cut out for.
    * estar hecho polvo = be + wreck.
    * estar hecho un desastre = be a shambles, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus, look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, be (in) a mess.
    * estar hecho un esqueleto = be a bag of bones.
    * frase hecha = bound phrase, cliche, formulaic words, formulaic phrase.
    * hecho a base de parches = patchwork.
    * hecho a mano = hand-made, hand-drawn, handcrafted.
    * hecho a máquina = machine-made.
    * hecho a medida = customised [customized, -USA], purpose-designed, tailored, tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], bespoke, made to measure, fitted, made-to-order.
    * hecho añicos = shattered.
    * hecho a propósito = tailor-made [tailormade], custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored].
    * hecho cisco = wrecked.
    * hecho como de pasada = throwaway.
    * hecho de antemano = off-the-peg, ready-made.
    * hecho de encaje = lacy.
    * hecho de grava = metalled [metaled, -USA].
    * hecho de trozos = piecewise.
    * hecho de un modo gratuito = pro bono.
    * hecho en América = American-built.
    * hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.
    * hecho en el extranjero = foreign-made.
    * hecho en el Reino Unido = British-made.
    * hecho en lugar de otra persona = delegated.
    * hecho exclusivamente para = born and bred.
    * hecho exclusivamente para la web = Web-centric.
    * hecho expresamente para = intended for.
    * hecho para una situación específica = niche-specific.
    * hecho para una única ocasión = one shot.
    * hecho polvo = wrecked, dog tired.
    * hecho por el autor = author-designated, author-prepared.
    * hecho por el hombre = man-made.
    * hecho por encargo = tailor-made [tailormade], bespoke, custom-made, custom-built [custom built], custom-designed [custom designed], custom-tailored [custom tailored], made-to-order, made to measure.
    * hecho por la OCLC = OCLC-produced.
    * hecho por la propia biblioteca = in-house [inhouse].
    * hecho por multicopista = mimeographed.
    * hecho por uno mismo = home-grown [home grown/homegrown], home-produced, self-made.
    * hecho puré = mashed.
    * hecho recientemente = fresh-made.
    * hechos el uno para el otro = made for each other.
    * hecho una salsa = saucy [saucier -comp., sauciest -sup.].
    * hecho una sopa = drenched to the skin, wringing wet, soaked to the skin, soaking wet, wet through to the skin.
    * hecho un desastre = in shambles, like the wreck of the Hesperus, upside down.
    * hecho un toro = as strong as an ox.
    * hecho y derecho = full-bodied, full-scale, full-service, fully-fledged.
    * ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.
    * lo hecho hecho está = no use crying over spilt/spilled milk.
    * mal hecho para = ill suited to/for.
    * medio hecho = halfway done, half done.
    * menos hecho = rarer.
    * páguese por el uso hecho = pay-as-you-go.
    * papel hecho a mano = hand-made paper.
    * papel hecho a máquina = machine-made paper.
    * papel verjurado hecho a máquina = machine-made laid paper.
    * ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic.
    * recién hecho = hot off the griddle.
    * resumen hecho para una disciplina concreta = discipline-oriented abstract.
    * sistema informático hecho por encargo = tailored system.
    * solución hecha = cut-and-dried solution.
    * tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.
    * tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.
    * un trabajo bien hecho = a job well done.

    * * *
    pp
    hecho a mano handmade
    hecho a máquina machine-made, machine-produced
    un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit
    está muy bien/mal hecho it's very well/badly made
    B
    (refiriéndose a una acción): ¡bien hecho! así aprenderá well done! o good for you! that'll teach him
    tomé la decisión yo solo — pues mal hecho, tenías que haberlo consultado I took the decision myself — well you shouldn't have (done), you should have discussed it with him
    lo hecho, hecho está it's no use crying over spilled milk
    C
    (convertido en): estaba hecho una fiera or furia he was livid o furious
    está hecha una foca she's got(ten) really fat
    se apareció hecho un mamarracho he turned up looking a real mess
    me dejaron con los nervios hechos trizas when they finished my nerves were in tatters o in shreds o ( colloq) shot to pieces
    tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil
    D (acostumbrado) hecho A algo used o accustomed TO sth
    un hombre muy hecho a la vida en el campo a man well used to o quite accustomed to life in the country
    (expresando acuerdo): ¡hecho! it's a deal!, done!
    A ‹ropa› ready-to-wear, off-the-peg
    con ese físico se puede comprar los trajes hechos with his build he can buy ready-to-wear suits o he can buy his suits off the peg
    B (terminado) ‹trabajo› done
    hecho y derecho: un hombre hecho y derecho a grown o a fully grown man
    un abogado hecho y derecho a fully-fledged lawyer
    ya es un jugador hecho y derecho he is already an inveterate o a confirmed gambler
    C ( esp Esp) ‹carne› done
    un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak
    D ( Chi fam) (borracho) plastered ( colloq)
    E
    (Col, Ven fam) (económicamente bien): estar hecho to have it made ( colloq)
    A
    1
    (acto, acción): ésas son palabras y yo quiero hechos those are just words, I want action
    demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it
    no es el hecho en sí de que me lo haya robado lo que me duele sino … it's not the actual theft that upsets me but …, it's not the fact that she stole it from me that upsets me but …
    2 (suceso, acontecimiento) event
    hechos como la caída del gobierno de Castillo events such as the fall of the Castillo government
    los documentos hallados en el lugar de los hechos the documents found at the scene of the crime
    limítese el testigo a relatar los hechos the witness will please limit o confine his testimony to the facts
    Compuestos:
    fait accompli
    ( frml); battle
    ( frml); violent crime ( involving bloodshed)
    mpl:
    los hecho de los Apóstoles The Acts of the Apostles
    B (realidad, verdad) fact
    es un hecho conocido por todos it's a well-known fact
    para esa fecha los viajes espaciales ya eran un hecho by that time space travel was already a reality
    el hecho es que … the fact (of the matter) is that …
    es un gran conocedor del país, debido al hecho de que … he knows the country very well owing to the fact that o because …
    el hecho de que habla tres idiomas le da una gran ventaja the fact that he speaks three languages gives him a great advantage
    el hecho DE QUE + SUBJ:
    el hecho de que mucha gente lo compre no quiere decir que sea un buen periódico the fact that a lot of people buy it doesn't make it a good newspaper, just because a lot of people buy it doesn't mean that it's a good newspaper
    C
    de hecho: de hecho, ya es significativo que haya hecho esa propuesta the fact that he has made such a proposal is in itself significant
    no fue una sorpresa, de hecho, me avisaron el mes pasado it didn't come as a surprise; in fact they warned me only last month
    él es el director pero de hecho la que manda es ella he's the director, but she's the one who actually runs the place, he's the director, but in reality o in actual fact she's the one who runs the place
    * * *

     

    Del verbo hacer: ( conjugate hacer)

    hecho es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    hacer    
    hecho
    hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ( crear) ‹mueble/vestido› to make;

    ‹casa/carretera› to build;
    ‹ nido› to build, make;
    ‹ túnel› to make, dig;
    ‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
    ‹ lista› to make, draw up;
    ‹ resumen› to do, make;
    ‹ película› to make;
    ‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
    ‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
    ‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
    ‹ cerveza› to make, brew;

    hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
    b) (producir, causar) ‹ ruido› to make;


    estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
    2
    a) (efectuar, llevar a cabo) ‹ sacrificio› to make;

    ‹ milagro› to work, perform;
    ‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
    ‹ mandado› to run;
    ‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
    ‹ experimento› to do, perform;
    ‹ entrevista› to conduct;
    ‹gira/viaje› to do;
    ‹ regalo› to give;
    ‹ favor› to do;
    ‹ trato› to make;

    aún queda mucho por hecho there is still a lot (left) to do;
    dar que hecho to make a lot of work
    b) ‹cheque/factura› to make out, write out

    3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
    ‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
    ‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
    ‹ pregunta› to ask;

    4

    ◊ hecho caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);

    hecho pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
    hecho sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)

    ◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'

    5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
    ‹ amigo› to make
    6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
    ‹ maleta› to pack;
    ◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;

    tengo que hecho la comida I must make lunch;
    ver tb comida b
    7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
    8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):
    ◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500

    1


    ¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
    hecho ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
    ¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
    See Also→ amor 1b
    b) (como profesión, ocupación) to do;

    ◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?


    2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;
    ◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;

    ¡qué le vamos a hecho! what can you o (frml) one do?;
    toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
    hechola buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
    See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
    1 (transformar en, volver) to make;

    hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
    ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
    hecho algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
    quiero hecho de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
    2
    a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)


    me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
    me hizo llorar it made me cry;
    hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
    me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
    hecho que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sth
    b)

    ◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;

    hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
    verbo intransitivo
    1 (obrar, actuar):
    ◊ déjame hecho a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;

    ¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
    hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
    haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
    2 (fingir, simular):

    haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
    3 ( servir):
    ◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;

    la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
    4 ( interpretar personaje) hecho de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
    (+ compl) ( sentar):


    (+ me/te/le etc)

    la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
    hecho v impers
    1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):
    ◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;

    hace tres grados it's three degrees;
    (nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
    2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):

    hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
    hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
    ¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
    hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
    hasta hace poco until recently
    hacerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):

    se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
    hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
    2
    a) ( refl) ( hacer para sí) ‹café/falda› to make oneself;




    se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
    3 ( causarse):
    ◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;

    ¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
    4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):
    ◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself

    5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;

    1
    a) (volverse, convertirse en) to become;


    se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing old
    b) ( resultar):



    (+ me/te/le etc)

    se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believe
    c) ( impers):


    se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
    d) ( cocinarse) [pescado/guiso] to cook

    e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):

    ◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?

    2 ( acostumbrarse) hechose a algo to get used to sth
    3 ( fingirse):

    ¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
    hechose pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
    4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;

    5
    ◊ hacerse de (AmL) (de fortuna, dinero) to get;


    ( de amigos) to make
    hecho 1
    ◊ - cha pp [ ver tb hacer]

    1 ( manufacturado) made;

    un traje hecho a (la) medida a made-to-measure suit;
    bien/mal hecho well/badly made
    2 ( refiriéndose a acción):
    ◊ ¡bien hecho! well done!;

    no le avisé — pues mal hecho I didn't let him know — well you should have (done);
    lo hecho, hecho está what's done is done
    3 ( convertido en):

    tú estás hecho un vago you've become o turned into a lazy devil
    ■ adjetivo

    b) ( terminado) ‹ trabajo› done

    c) (esp Esp) ‹ carne› done;

    ◊ un filete muy/poco hecho a well-done/rare steak

    hecho 2 sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) (acto, acción):

    ◊ yo quiero hechos I want action, I want something done;

    demuéstramelo con hechos prove it to me by doing something about it
    b) (suceso, acontecimiento) event;


    2 (realidad, verdad) fact;

    hacer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
    hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
    hacer un puente, to build a bridge
    2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
    haz lo que quieras, do what you want
    ¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
    (para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
    hace atletismo, he does athletics
    hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
    3 (amigos, dinero) to make
    4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
    5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
    estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
    no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
    6 (arreglar) to make
    hacer la cama, to make the bed
    hacer la casa, to do the housework
    7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
    8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
    9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
    10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
    11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
    12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
    2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
    3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
    4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
    III verbo impersonal
    1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
    hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
    hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
    2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
    ¿To make o to do?
    El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
    El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
    hecho,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (realizado) made, done: está muy bien hecho, it's really well done
    2 (acostumbrado) used: está hecho a trabajar en este clima, he's used to working in this climate
    3 (cocinado, cocido) done
    un filete muy/poco hecho, a well-cooked/rare steak
    4 (persona) mature
    5 (frase) set
    (ropa) ready-made
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 (suceso real) fact
    el hecho es que..., the fact is that...
    de hecho, in fact ➣ Ver nota en actually 2 (obra, acción) act, deed
    3 (acontecimiento, caso) event, incident
    III interj ¡hecho!, it's a deal! o all right!
    ' hecho' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acontecer
    - actual
    - asesinar
    - braga
    - bribón
    - bribona
    - buena
    - bueno
    - casera
    - casero
    - chapucera
    - chapucero
    - chapuza
    - chaval
    - chavala
    - como
    - conmoverse
    - considerable
    - consumada
    - consumado
    - Cristo
    - de
    - despeluchar
    - desvarío
    - dicha
    - dicho
    - documentalista
    - elemento
    - encubrir
    - entrar
    - exquisita
    - exquisito
    - fideo
    - fiera
    - flan
    - furia
    - haber
    - habilidosa
    - habilidoso
    - hallar
    - hecha
    - higo
    - hojalata
    - humanamente
    - incidencia
    - interdisciplinaria
    - interdisciplinario
    - jirón
    - jugarreta
    - lástima
    English:
    accept
    - action
    - actual
    - actually
    - adjust
    - admission
    - admit
    - advance
    - angry
    - appease
    - asbestos
    - bandwagon
    - bargain
    - basis
    - beat
    - by
    - challenge
    - cock-up
    - collar
    - come
    - confirm
    - cry
    - custom
    - cut out
    - damage
    - deal
    - decree
    - delay
    - deliberately
    - done
    - dream
    - effect
    - effectively
    - enforce
    - established
    - fact
    - failure
    - fait accompli
    - find out
    - fitted
    - freshly
    - fully-fledged
    - good
    - grown
    - gumbo
    - hand
    - handmade
    - however
    - hurried
    - in
    * * *
    hecho, -a
    ♦ participio
    ver hacer
    ♦ adj
    1. [llevado a cabo]
    hecho a mano handmade;
    hecho a máquina machine-made;
    una película bien hecha a well-made film;
    ¡eso está hecho! it's a deal!, you're on!;
    ¡bien hecho! well done!;
    ¡mal hecho, me tenías que haber avisado! you were wrong not to tell me!;
    ¿me podrás conseguir entradas? – ¡eso está hecho! will you be able to get me tickets? – it's as good as done!;
    lo hecho, hecho está what is done is done;
    Fam
    a lo hecho, pecho: no me gusta, pero a lo hecho, pecho I don't like it, but what's done is done;
    tú lo hiciste, así que a lo hecho, pecho you did it, so you'll have to take what's coming
    2. [acabado] mature;
    una mujer hecha y derecha a fully grown woman;
    estás hecho un artista you've become quite an artist
    3. [carne, pasta] done;
    quiero el filete muy hecho/poco hecho I'd like my steak well done/rare
    4. [acostumbrado]
    estar hecho a algo/a hacer algo to be used to sth/to doing sth;
    está hecha a la dureza del clima she's used to the harsh climate;
    no estoy hecho a levantarme tan temprano I'm not used to getting up so early
    5. Andes, RP Fam
    estar hecho [en condiciones] to have it all;
    con la compra de estos zapatos creo que estoy hecho after buying these shoes I think I've got everything I need;
    me faltan dos materias de la carrera y estoy hecha I need to do two more subjects in my degree and that's me done
    ♦ nm
    1. [suceso] event;
    los hechos tuvieron lugar de madrugada the events took place in the early morning;
    el cuerpo de la víctima fue retirado del lugar de los hechos the victim's body was removed from the scene of the crime
    hecho consumado fait accompli
    2. [realidad, dato] fact;
    el hecho de que seas el jefe no te da derecho a comportarte así just because you're the boss doesn't mean you have the right to behave like that;
    es un hecho indiscutido que… it is an indisputable fact that…;
    el hecho es que… the fact is that…;
    hecho ineludible fact of life
    3. [obra] action, deed;
    sus hechos hablan por él his actions speak for him;
    queremos hechos, y no promesas we want action, not promises
    los Hechos de los Apóstoles the Acts of the Apostles; Mil hecho de armas feat of arms
    4.
    de hecho [en realidad] in fact, actually;
    claro que lo conozco, de hecho, fuimos juntos al colegio of course I know him, indeed o in fact we actually went to school together
    5. [en la práctica] de facto;
    es el presidente de hecho he's the de facto president
    ♦ interj
    it's a deal!, you're on!;
    te lo vendo por un millón – ¡hecho! I'll sell it to you for a million – done! o it's a deal!
    * * *
    I part → hacer; ( confeccionado)
    :
    hecho a mano hand-made;
    un traje hecho an off-the-peg suit;
    muy hecho carne well-done;
    ¡bien hecho! well done!;
    ¡hecho!, ¡eso está hecho ! done!, it’s a deal!;
    a lo hecho, pecho what’s done is done
    II adj finished;
    un hombre hecho y derecho a fully grown man
    III m
    1 ( realidad) fact;
    de hecho in fact;
    el hecho es que the fact is that
    2 ( suceso) event
    3 ( obra) action, deed;
    un hecho consumado a fait accompli
    * * *
    hecho, - cha adj
    1) : made, done
    2) : ready-to-wear
    3) : complete, finished
    hecho y derecho: full-fledged
    hecho nm
    1) : fact
    2) : event
    hechos históricos: historic events
    3) : act, action
    4)
    de hecho : in fact, in reality
    * * *
    hecho1 adj
    ¿de qué está hecho? what's it made of?
    2. (cocinado) done
    ¡bien hecho! well done!
    ¡hecho! done!
    hecho2 n
    1. (en general) fact
    2. (acto) action
    demuéstraselo con hechos y no con palabras prove it with actions, not words

    Spanish-English dictionary > hecho

  • 62 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 63 ita

        ita adv.    [2 I-].    I. In gen., referring to what precedes, in this manner, in this wise, in such a way, so, thus, accordingly, as has been said: des operam ut investiges sitne ita: Ita aiunt, T.: his rebus ita actis, S.: factum est ita: ita digerit omina Calchas, such is his interpretation, V.: quae cum ita sint, and since this is so, and accordingly: quod cum ita sit.—Referring to what follows, thus, in the following manner, as follows, in this way: ita censes; publicandas pecunias, etc., S.: is ita cum Caesare egit; si, etc., Cs.: ita constitui, fortiter esse agendum.—In affirmation, yes, it is so, just so, true: quid istic tibi negotist? Dav. mihin'? Si. Ita, T.: an laudationes? ita, inquit Antonius: Davusne? ita, H.: itast, T.: non est ita: ita prorsus: ita plane.—In interrogations, expecting an affirmative answer: itane? really? truly? is it so?: Itan credis? T.: itane est?: itane tandem?—In the phrase, quid ita? implying reproach or surprise, why so? how is that? what do you mean?: accusatis Sex. Roscium. quid ita?: quid ita passus est Eretriam capi? L.—    II. Esp., in comparisons, so, thus, just, in the same way: ita ut res sese habet, T.: ita vero, Quirites, ut precamini, eveniat: ut homo est, ita morem geras, T.: ita loquor, quasi ego fecerim, etc.: me consulem ita fecistis, quo modo pauci facti sunt: castra ita posita, tamquam procul abesset hostis, L.—Correl. with ut, in parallel clauses: in pace ita ut in bello, alike in peace, etc., S.: ut Eurysthei filios, ita suos configebat, his own, as well as, etc.—In oaths or emphatic wishes, so, if it be true: Ita me di ament, non nil timeo, i. e. so help me, T.: sollicitat, ita vivam, me tua valetudo: ita me referat tibi Iuppiter, V.: tecum esse, ita mihi omnia quae opto contingant, ut vehementer velim.—    III. Praegn., of kind or quality, so, such, of this nature, of this kind: ita sunt res nostrae: ita inquam (i. e. hoc dico).—Of a natural consequence or inference, so, thus, accordingly, under these circumstances, in this manner, therefore: ita sine periculo, etc., Cs.: ita praetorium missum, L.: ita Iovis illud sacerdotium per hanc rationem Theomnasto datur: ita fit ut animus iudicet, etc., thus it comes to pass: ita fit ut deus ille nusquam prorsus appareat, hence it follows.—In restriction, on the condition, on the assumption, in so far, to such an extent, only in so far: haec ita administrabat, ut, etc., Cs.: cuius ingenium ita laudo, ut non pertimescam: pax ita convenerat, ut Etruscis Latinisque fluvius finis esset, L.: ita admissi captivi, ne tamen iis senatus daretur, L.—Of degree, so, to such a degree, so very, so much: ita fugavit Samnites, ut, etc., L.: iudices ita fortes tamen fuerunt, ut... vel perire maluerint, quam, etc.: ita acriter... itaque repente, Cs. —With negatives, not very, not especially: non ita magnus numerus, Cs.: non ita lato interiecto mari: accessione utuntur non ita probabili: post, neque ita multo, N.
    * * *
    thus, so; therefore

    Latin-English dictionary > ita

  • 64 dafür

    da·für [daʼfy:ɐ̭] adv
    1) ( für das) for it/this/that;
    ein Beispiel \dafür an example;
    wir haben kein Geld \dafür we've no money for it;
    ich hätte \dafür nicht so viel ausgegeben I would never have spent so much on it;
    warum ist er böse? er hat doch keinen Grund \dafür why's he angry? he has no reason to be [or there's no reason for it];
    es ist ein Beweis \dafür, dass... it's proof that...;
    ich bin nicht \dafür verantwortlich, was mein Bruder macht I'm not responsible for my brother's doings [or for what my brother does];
    \dafür bin ich ja da/ Lehrer that's what I'm here for [or why I'm here] /that's why I'm a teacher;
    ich bezahle Sie nicht \dafür, dass Sie nur rumstehen! I'm not paying you just to stand around;
    er ist \dafür bestraft worden, dass er frech zum Lehrer war he was punished for being cheeky to the teacher; s. a. Grund
    2) ( als Gegenleistung) in return;
    ich repariere dir \dafür deine Türklingel in return, I'll fix your doorbell;
    wenn du mir das verrätst, helfe ich dir \dafür bei den Hausaufgaben if you tell me, I'll help you with your homework [in return]
    in Mathematik ist er schlecht, \dafür kann er gut Fußball spielen he's bad at maths, but he makes up for it at football;
    zwar bin ich darüber nicht informiert, \dafür weiß ich aber, wer Ihnen weiterhelfen kann although I haven't been informed, I do know who can help you further;
    er ist zwar nicht kräftig, \dafür aber intelligent he may not be strong, but he's intelligent for all that
    \dafür, dass... seeing [or considering] [that]...;
    \dafür, dass sie einen Abschluss hat, ist sie aber nicht besonders clever seeing [or considering] [that] she's got a degree, she's not particularly clever, she's not particularly clever, seeing [or considering] [that] she's got a degree
    er ist zwar kein Professor, aber er geht \dafür durch although he isn't a professor, he can pass off as [being] one;
    sie ist keine wirkliche Wahrsagerin, aber im Dorf gilt sie \dafür she isn't a real fortune teller, but the village consider her to be one;
    es ist zwar kein Silber, man könnte es aber auf den ersten Blick \dafür halten although it's not silver, it could be taken for it at first glance
    ich kann mich nicht \dafür begeistern I can't get enthusiastic about it;
    er kann sich nicht \dafür interessieren he is not interested [in it/that];
    ich werde \dafür sorgen, dass... I'll make sure that...
    \dafür sein to be for it/that [or in favour [or (Am) -or] [of it/that]];
    wer ist \dafür und wer dagegen? who's for it [or in favour] and who against?;
    nur wenig Leute sind \dafür, dass die Todesstrafe wieder eingeführt wird only a few people are for [or in favour of] bringing back the death penalty;
    ich bin [ganz] \dafür, dass wir/ Sie es machen I'm [all] for [or in favour of] doing/your doing that;
    er will wieder nach Italien - ich bin nicht \dafür he wants to go to Italy again - I don't think he should; s. a. stimmen

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > dafür

  • 65 экстерном

    [-тэ́-] нареч.
    without attending classes / lectures

    сдава́ть экза́мены эксте́рном — pass examinations without attending lectures

    око́нчить университе́т эксте́рном — take an external degree

    квалифика́ция, полу́ченная эксте́рном — external degree

    Новый большой русско-английский словарь > экстерном

  • 66 aliquid

    ălĭquis, aliquid; plur. aliqui [alius-quis; cf. Engl. somebody or other, i.e. some person [p. 88] obscurely definite; v. Donald. Varron. p. 381 sq.] ( fem. sing. rare).— Abl. sing. aliqui, Plaut. Aul. prol. 24; id. Most. 1, 3, 18; id. Truc. 5, 30; id. Ep. 3, 1, 11.— Nom. plur. masc. aliques, analog. to ques, from quis, acc. to Charis. 133 P.— Nom. and acc. plur. neutr. always aliqua.— Dat. and abl. plur. aliquibus, Liv. 22, 13;

    oftener aliquis,

    id. 26, 15; 26, 49; Plin. 2, 48, 49, § 131.—Alicui, trisyl., Tib. 4, 7, 2), indef. subst. pron., some one, somebody, any one, something, any thing; in the plur., some, any (it is opp. to an object definitely stated, as also to no one, nobody. The synn. quis, aliquis, and quidam designate an object not denoted by name; quis leaves not merely the object, but even its existence, uncertain; hence it is in gen. used in hypoth. and conditional clauses, with si, nisi, num, quando, etc.; aliquis, more emphatic than quis, denotes that an object really exists, but that nothing depends upon its individuality; no matter of what kind it may be, if it is only one, and not none; quidam indicates not merely the existence and individuality of an object, but that it is known as such to the speaker, only that he is not acquainted with, or does not choose to give, its more definite relations; cf. Jahn ad Ov. M. 9, 429, and the works there referred to).
    I.
    A.. In gen.: nam nos decebat domum Lugere, ubi esset aliquis in lucem editus, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 48, 115 (as a transl. of Eurip. Cresph. Fragm. ap. Stob. tit. 121, Edei gar hêmas sullogon poioumenous Ton phunta thrênein, etc.):

    Ervom tibi aliquis cras faxo ad villam adferat,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 65:

    hunc videre saepe optabamus diem, Quom ex te esset aliquis, qui te appellaret patrem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:

    utinam modo agatur aliquid!

    Cic. Att. 3, 15:

    aliquid facerem, ut hoc ne facerem,

    I would do any thing, that I might not do this, Ter. And. 1, 5, 24; so id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:

    fit plerumque, ut ei, qui boni quid volunt adferre, adfingant aliquid, quo faciant id, quod nuntiant, laetius,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 3:

    quamvis enim demersae sunt leges alicujus opibus,

    id. Off. 2, 7, 24:

    quod motum adfert alicui,

    to any thing, id. Tusc. 1, 23, 53: te donabo ego hodie aliqui (abl.), Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 18; so, gaudere aliqui me volo, in some thing (or some way), id. Truc. 5, 30:

    nec manibus humanis (Deus) colitur indigens aliquo,

    any thing, Vulg. Act. 17, 25:

    non est tua ulla culpa, si te aliqui timuerunt,

    Cic. Marcell. 6 fin.:

    in narratione, ut aliqua neganda, aliqua adicienda, sic aliqua etiam tacenda,

    Quint. 4, 2, 67:

    sunt aliqua epistulis eorum inserta,

    Tac. Or. 25:

    laudare aliqua, ferre quaedam,

    Quint. 2, 4, 12:

    quaero, utrum aliquid actum an nihil arbitremur,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 15: quisquis est ille, si modo est aliquis (i. e. if only there is some one), qui, etc., id. Brut. 73, 255; so id. Ac. 2, 43, 132, etc.; Liv. 2, 10 fin.:

    nunc aliquis dicat mihi: Quid tu?

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 19; so id. ib. 2, 2, 94; 2, 2, 105; 2, 3, 6; 2, 5, 42, and id. Ep. 2, 1, 206.— Fem. sing.:

    Forsitan audieris aliquam certamine cursus Veloces superāsse viros,

    Ov. M. 10, 560:

    si qua tibi spon sa est, haec tibi sive aliqua est,

    id. ib. 4, 326.—
    B.
    Not unfrequently with adj.:

    Novo modo novum aliquid inventum adferre addecet,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 156:

    novum aliquid advertere,

    Tac. A. 15, 30:

    judicabant esse profecto aliquid naturā pulchrum atque praeclarum,

    Cic. Sen. 13, 43:

    mihi ne diuturnum quidem quidquam videtur, in quo est aliquid extremum,

    in which there is any end, id. ib. 19, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 5:

    dignum aliquid elaborare,

    Tac. Or. 9:

    aliquid improvisum, inopinatum,

    Liv. 27, 43:

    aliquid exquisitum,

    Tac. A. 12, 66:

    aliquid illustre et dignum memoriā,

    id. Or. 20:

    sanctum aliquid et providum,

    id. G. 8:

    insigne aliquid faceret eis,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 31:

    aliquid magnum,

    Verg. A. 9, 186, and 10, 547:

    quos magnum aliquid deceret, Juv 8, 263: dicens se esse aliquem magnum,

    Vulg. Act. 8, 9:

    majus aliquid et excelsius,

    Tac. A. 3, 53:

    melius aliquid,

    Vulg. Heb. 11, 40:

    deterius aliquid,

    ib. Joan. 5, 14.—Also with unus, to designate a single, but not otherwise defined person:

    ad unum aliquem confugiebant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 41 (cf. id. ib. 2, 12, 42: id si ab uno justo et bono viro consequebantur, erant, etc.): sin aliquis excellit unus e multis;

    effert se, si unum aliquid adfert,

    id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; so id. Verr. 2, 2, 52:

    aliquis unus pluresve divitiores,

    id. Rep. 1, 32: nam si natura non prohibet et esse virum bonum et esse dicendiperitum:

    cur non aliquis etiam unus utrumque consequi possit? cur autem non se quisque speret fore illum aliquem?

    that one, Quint. 12, 1, 31; 1, 12, 2.—
    C.
    Partitive with ex, de, or the gen.:

    aliquis ex vobis,

    Cic. Cael. 3:

    aliquem ex privatis audimus jussisse, etc.,

    Plin. 13, 3, 4, § 22:

    ex principibus aliquis,

    Vulg. Joan. 7, 48; ib. Rom. 11, 14:

    aliquis de tribus nobis,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 7:

    si de iis aliqui remanserint,

    Vulg. Lev. 26, 39; ib. 2 Reg. 9, 3:

    suorum aliquis,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 9:

    exspectabam aliquem meorum,

    id. Att. 13, 15: succurret fortasse alicui vestrūm, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1:

    trium rerum aliqua consequemur,

    Cic. Part. 8, 30:

    impetratum ab aliquo vestrūm,

    Tac. Or. 15; so Vulg. 1 Cor. 6, 1:

    principum aliquis,

    Tac. G. 13:

    cum popularibus et aliquibus principum,

    Liv. 22, 13:

    horum aliquid,

    Vulg. Lev. 15, 10.—
    D.
    Aliquid (nom. or acc.), with gen. of a subst. or of a neutr, adj. of second decl. instead of the adj. aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, agreeing with such word:

    aliquid pugnae,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 54:

    vestimenti aridi,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 16:

    consilii,

    id. Ep. 2, 2, 71:

    monstri,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 15:

    scitamentorum,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 3, 26:

    armorum,

    Tac. G. 18:

    boni,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 5; Ter. And. 2, 3, 24; Vulg. Joan. 1, 46:

    aequi,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 33:

    mali,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 60; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 29:

    novi,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 1, 1; Vulg. Act. 17, 21:

    potionis,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 22:

    virium,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 18:

    falsi,

    id. Caecin. 1, 3:

    vacui,

    Quint. 10, 6, 1:

    mdefensi,

    Liv. 26, 5 al. —Very rarely in abl.:

    aliquo loci morari,

    Dig. 18, 7, 1.—
    E.
    Frequently, esp. in Cic., with the kindred words aliquando, alicubi, aliquo, etc., for the sake of emphasis or rhetorical fulness, Cic. Planc. 14, 35:

    asperius locutus est aliquid aliquando,

    id. ib. 13, 33; id. Sest. 6, 14; id. Mil. 25, 67:

    non despero fore aliquem aliquando,

    id. de Or. 1, 21, 95; id. Rep. 1, 9; id. Or. 42, 144; id. Fam. 7, 11 med.: evadat saltem aliquid aliquā, quod conatus sum, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1; App. Mag. p. 295, 17 al.—
    F.
    In conditional clauses with si, nisi, quod si, etc.:

    si aliquid de summā gravitate Pompeius dimisisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 1: si aliquid ( really any thing, in contrast with nihil) dandum est voluptati, id. Sen. 13, 44: quod si non possimus aliquid proficere suadendo, Lucc. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 14, 5:

    Quod si de iis aliqui remanserint,

    Vulg. Lev. 26, 39:

    si quando aliquid tamquam aliqua fabella narratur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 59:

    si quis vobis aliquid dixerit,

    Vulg. Matt. 21, 3; ib. Luc. 19, 8:

    si aliquem, cui narraret, habuisset,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 88:

    si aliquem nacti sumus, cujus, etc.,

    id. ib. 8, 27:

    cui (puero) si aliquid erit,

    id. Fam. 14, 1:

    nisi alicui suorum negotium daret,

    Nep. Dion, 8, 2:

    si aliquid eorum praestitit,

    Liv. 24, 8.—
    G.
    In negative clauses with ne:

    Pompeius cavebat omnia, no aliquid vos timeretis,

    Cic. Mil. 24, 66:

    ne, si tibi sit pecunia adempta, aliquis dicat,

    Nep. Epam. 4, 4:

    ne alicui dicerent,

    Vulg. Luc. 8, 46.—
    H.
    In Plaut. and Ter. collect. with a plur. verb (cf. tis, Matth. Gr. 673): aperite atque Erotium aliquis evocate, open, some one (of you), etc., Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 111 (cf. id. Ps. 5, 1, 37:

    me adesse quis nuntiate): aperite aliquis actutum ostium,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 27.—
    I.
    In Verg. once with the second person sing.:

    Exoriare aliquis nostris ex ossibus ultor, Qui face Dardanios ferroque sequare colonos,

    Verg. A. 4, 625.
    ► In the following passages, with the critical authority added, aliquis seems to stand for the adj.
    aliqui, as nemo sometimes stands with a noun for the adj. nullus:

    nos quibus est alicunde aliquis objectus labos,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 6 Fleck.;

    Et ait idem, ut aliquis metus adjunctus sit ad gratiam,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 24 B. and K.:

    num igitur aliquis dolor in corpore est?

    id. Tusc. 1, 34, 82 iid.:

    ut aliquis nos deus tolleret,

    id. Am. 23, 87 iid.: sin casus aliquis interpellārit, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8 iid.:

    si deus aliquis vitas repente mutāsset,

    Tac. Or. 41 Halm:

    sic est aliquis oratorum campus,

    id. ib. 39 id.:

    sive sensus aliquis argutā sententiā effulsit,

    id. ib. 20 id. A similar use of aliquid for the adj. aliquod was asserted to exist in Plaut. by Lind. ad Cic. Inv. 2, 6, 399, and this is repeated by Klotz, s. v. aliquis, but Lemaire's Index gives only one instance: ni occupo aliquid mihi consilium, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 94, where Brix now reads aliquod.
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    With alius, aliud: some or any other, something else, any thing else:

    dum aliud aliquid flagitii conficiat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:

    potest fieri, ut alius aliquis Cornelius sit,

    Cic. Fragm. B. VI. 21:

    ut per alium aliquem te ipsum ulciscantur,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 22:

    non est in alio aliquo salus,

    Vulg. Act. 4, 12:

    aliquid aliud promittere,

    Petr. 10, 5 al. —
    B.
    And with the idea of alius implied, in opp. to a definite object or objects, some or any other, something else, any thing else: aut ture aut vino aut aliqui (abl.) semper supplicat, Plaut. Aul prol. 24:

    vellem aliquid Antonio praeter illum libellum libuisset scribere,

    Cic. Brut. 44:

    aut ipse occurrebat aut aliquos mittebat,

    Liv. 34, 38:

    cum seditionem sedare vellem, cum frumentum imperarem..., cum aliquid denique rei publicae causā gererem,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 27, 20: commentabar declamitans saepe cum M. Pisone et cum Q. Pompeio aut cum aliquo cotidie id. Brut. 90, 310; Vell. 1, 17; Tac. A. 1, 4: (Tiberius) neque spectacula omnino edidit;

    et iis, quae ab aliquo ederentur, rarissime interfuit,

    Suet. Tib. 47.—
    C.
    In a pregn. signif. as in Gr. tis, ti, something considerable, important, or great = aliquid magnum (v. supra. I. B.; cf. in Gr. hoti oiesthe ti poiein ouden poiountes, Plat. Symp. 1, 4):

    non omnia in ducis, aliquid et in militum manu esse,

    Liv. 45, 36.—Hence, esp.,
    1.
    Esse aliquem or aliquid, to be somebody or something, i. e to be of some worth, value, or note, to be esteemed:

    atque fac, ut me velis esse aliquem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 15 fin.:

    aude aliquid brevibus Gyaris dignum, si vis esse aliquis,

    Juv. 1, 73:

    an quidquam stultius quam quos singulos contemnas, eos esse aliquid putare universos?

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 36, 104:

    exstitit Theodas dicens se esse aliquem,

    Vulg. Act. 5, 36: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid. Cic. Att. 4, 2:

    ego quoque aliquid sum,

    id. Fam. 6, 18:

    qui videbantur aliquid esse,

    Vulg. Gal. 2, 2; 2, 6: quod te cum Culeone scribis de privilegio locutum, est aliquid ( it is something, it is no trifle):

    sed, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 3, 15: est istuc quidem aliquid, sed, etc.; id. Sen. 3; id. Cat. 1, 4:

    est aliquid nupsisse Jovi,

    Ov. F. 6, 27:

    Est aliquid de tot Graiorum milibus unum A Diomede legi,

    id. M. 13, 241:

    est aliquid unius sese dominum fecisse lacertae,

    Juv. 3, 230:

    omina sunt aliquid,

    Ov. Am. 1, 12, 3; so,

    crimen abesse,

    id. F. 1, 484:

    Sunt aliquid Manes,

    Prop. 5, 7, 1:

    est aliquid eloquentia,

    Quint. 1, prooem. fin. —
    2.
    Dicere aliquid, like legein ti, to say something worth the while:

    diceres aliquid et magno quidem philosopho dignum,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 16, 35; cf. Herm. ad Vig. 731; 755; so, assequi aliquid, to effect something considerable:

    Etenim si nunc aliquid assequi se putant, qui ostium Ponti viderunt,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 20, 45.—
    3.
    In colloquial lang.: fiet aliquid, something important or great, will, may come to pass or happen: Ch. Invenietur, exquiretur, aliquid fiet. Eu. Enicas. Jam istuc aliquid fiet, metuo, Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 25:

    mane, aliquid fiet, ne abi,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 15; Ter. And. 2, 1, 14.—
    D.
    Ad aliquid esse, in gram. lang., to refer or relate to something else, e. g. pater, filius, frater, etc. (v. ad):

    idem cum interrogantur, cur aper apri et pater patris faciat, il lud nomen positum, hoc ad aliquid esse contendunt,

    Quint. 1, 6, 13 Halm.—
    E.
    Atque aliquis, poet. in imitation of hôide de tis, and thus some one (Hom. II. 7, 178;

    7, 201 al.): Atque aliquis, magno quaerens exempla timori, Non alios, inquit, motus, etc.,

    Luc. 2, 67 Web.; Stat. Th. 1, 171; Claud. Eutr. 1, 350.—
    F.
    It is sometimes omitted before qui, esp. in the phrase est qui, sunt qui:

    praemittebatque de stipulatoribus suis, qui perscrutarentur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 7, 25:

    sunt quibus in satirā videar nimis acer,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 1:

    sunt qui adiciant his evidentiam, quae, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 2, § 63 (cf. on the contr. § 69: verum in his quoque confessionibus est aliquid. quod ex invidiā detrahi possit).—
    G.
    Aliquid, like nihil (q. v. I. g), is used of persons:

    Hinc ad Antonium nemo, illinc ad Caesarem cotidie aliquid transfugiebat,

    Vell. 2, 84, 2 (cf. in Gr. tôn d allôn ou per ti... oute theôn out anthrôpôn, Hom. H. Ven. 34 sq. Herm.).— Hence the advv.
    A.
    ălĭquid (prop. acc. denoting in what respect, with a verb or [p. 89] adj.; so in Gr. ti), somewhat, in something, in some degree, to some extent:

    illud vereor, ne tibi illum succensere aliquid suspicere,

    Cic. Deiot. 13, 35:

    si in me aliquid offendistis,

    at all, in any respect, id. Mil. 36, 99:

    quos tamen aliquid usus ac disciplina sublevarent,

    somewhat, Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    Philippi regnum officere aliquid videtur libertati vestrae,

    Liv. 31, 29:

    Nos aliquid Rutulos contra juvisse nefandum est?

    Verg. A. 10, 84:

    neque circumcisio aliquid valet,

    Vulg. Gal. 6, 15:

    perlucens jam aliquid, incerta tamen lux,

    Liv. 41, 2:

    aliquid et spatio fessus,

    Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 54; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 259; Ellendt ad Cic. de Or. 1, 9, 35.—
    B.
    ălĭquō (from aliquoi, old dat. denoting direction whither; cf.: eo, quo, alio, etc.).
    1.
    Somewhither (arch.), to some place, somewhere; in the comic poets sometimes also with a subst. added, which designates the place more definitely:

    ut aliquo ex urbe amoveas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 94:

    aliquo abicere,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 26:

    concludere,

    id. Eun. 4, 3, 25 (cf. id. Ad. 4, 2, 13, in cellam aliquam concludere):

    ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 17:

    demigrandum potius aliquo est quam, etc.,

    id. Dom. 100:

    aliquem aliquo impellere,

    id. Vatin. 15:

    aliquo exire,

    id. Q. Fr. 3, 1:

    aliquo advenire vel sicunde discedere,

    Suet. Calig. 4; Plaut. Rud. 2, 6, 51; id. Men. 5, 1, 3:

    in angulum Aliquo abire,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 10; 3, 3, 6:

    aliquem rus aliquo educere,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3.—With a gen., like quo, ubi, etc.: migrandum Rhodum aut aliquo terrarum, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1, 5.—
    2.
    With the idea of alio implied, = alio quo, somewhere else, to some other place (cf. aliquis, II. B.):

    dum proficiscor aliquo,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 28:

    at certe ut hinc concedas aliquo,

    id. Heaut. 3, 3, 11:

    si te parentes timerent atque odissent tui, ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 17; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 265.—
    C.
    ălĭquam, adv. (prop. acc. fem.), = in aliquam partem, in some degree; only in connection with diu, multus, and plures.
    1.
    Aliquam diu (B. and K.), or together aliquamdiu (Madv., Halm, Dietsch), awhile, for a while, for some time; also pregn., for some considerable time (most freq. in the histt., esp. Cæs. and Livy; also in Cic.).
    a.
    Absol.:

    ut non aliquando condemnatum esse Oppianicum, sed aliquam diu incolumem fuisse miremini,

    Cic. Clu. 9, 25:

    Aristum Athenis audivit aliquam diu,

    id. Ac. 1, 3, 12:

    in vincula conjectus est, in quibus aliquamdiu fuit,

    Nep. Con. 5, 3;

    id. Dion, 3, 1: quā in parte rex affuit, ibi aliquamdiu certatum,

    Sall. J. 74, 3; Liv. 3, 70, 4.—
    b.
    Often followed by deinde, postea, postremo, tandem, etc.:

    pugnatur aliquamdiu pari contentione: deinde, etc., Auct. B. G. 8, 19, 3: cunctati aliquamdiu sunt: pudor deinde commovit aciem,

    Liv. 2, 10, 9; so id. 1, 16:

    quos aliquamdiu inermos timuissent, hos postea armatos superāssent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 6:

    controversia aliquamdiu fuit: postremo, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 32, 7; 25, 15, 14; 45, 6, 6:

    ibi aliquamdiu atrox pugna stetit: tandem, etc.,

    Liv. 29, 2, 15; 34, 28, 4 and 11; Suet. Ner. 6.—
    * c.
    With donec, as a more definite limitation of time, some time... until, a considerable time... until:

    exanimis aliquamdiu jacuit, donec, etc.,

    Suet. Caes. 82. —
    d.
    Meton., for a long distance; most freq. of rivers:

    Rhodanus aliquamdiu Gallias dirimit,

    Mel. 2, 5, 5; so id. 3, 5, 6; 3, 9, 8 al.—Of the Corycian cave in Cilicia:

    deinde aliquamdiu perspicuus, mox, et quo magis subitur, obscurior,

    Mel. 1, 13.—
    2.
    Aliquam multi, or aliquammulti, somewhat many, considerable in number or quantity (mostly post-class.):

    sunt vestrūm aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognōrunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56 B. and K.: aliquammultos non comparuisse, * Gell. 3, 10, 17 Hertz:

    aliquammultis diebus decumbo,

    App. Mag. p. 320, 10.—Also adv.: aliquam multum, something much, to a considerable distance, considerably:

    sed haec defensio, ut dixi, aliquam multum a me remota est,

    App. Mag. p. 276, 7 dub.—And comp. * aliquam plures, somewhat more, considerably more:

    aliquam pluribus et amarioribus perorantem,

    Tert. Apol. 12 dub.; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 243.—
    D.
    ălĭquā, adv. (prop. abl. fem.).
    1.
    Somewhere (like mod. Engl. somewhere for somewhither):

    antevenito aliquā aliquos,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 66: aliquā evolare si posset, * Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:

    si quā evasissent aliquā,

    Liv. 26, 27, 12.—
    2.
    Transf. to action, in some way or other, in some manner, = aliquo modo:

    aliquid aliquā sentire,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62: evadere aliquā, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1:

    aliquid aliquā resciscere,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 19, and 4, 1, 19: aliquā nocere, * Verg. E. 3, 15:

    aliquā obesse,

    App. Mag. p. 295, 17.—
    E.
    ălĭqui, adv. (prop. abl. = aliquo modo), in some way, somehow:

    Quamquam ego tibi videor stultus, gaudere me aliqui volo,

    Plaut. Truc. 5, 30 (but in this and like cases, aliqui may be treated as the abl. subst.; cf. supra, I. A.); cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 242.
    ► The forms aliqua, neutr.
    plur., and aliquam, acc., and aliquā, abl., used adverbially, may also be referred to the adj. ălĭqui, ălĭqua, ălĭquod.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aliquid

  • 67 aliquis

    ălĭquis, aliquid; plur. aliqui [alius-quis; cf. Engl. somebody or other, i.e. some person [p. 88] obscurely definite; v. Donald. Varron. p. 381 sq.] ( fem. sing. rare).— Abl. sing. aliqui, Plaut. Aul. prol. 24; id. Most. 1, 3, 18; id. Truc. 5, 30; id. Ep. 3, 1, 11.— Nom. plur. masc. aliques, analog. to ques, from quis, acc. to Charis. 133 P.— Nom. and acc. plur. neutr. always aliqua.— Dat. and abl. plur. aliquibus, Liv. 22, 13;

    oftener aliquis,

    id. 26, 15; 26, 49; Plin. 2, 48, 49, § 131.—Alicui, trisyl., Tib. 4, 7, 2), indef. subst. pron., some one, somebody, any one, something, any thing; in the plur., some, any (it is opp. to an object definitely stated, as also to no one, nobody. The synn. quis, aliquis, and quidam designate an object not denoted by name; quis leaves not merely the object, but even its existence, uncertain; hence it is in gen. used in hypoth. and conditional clauses, with si, nisi, num, quando, etc.; aliquis, more emphatic than quis, denotes that an object really exists, but that nothing depends upon its individuality; no matter of what kind it may be, if it is only one, and not none; quidam indicates not merely the existence and individuality of an object, but that it is known as such to the speaker, only that he is not acquainted with, or does not choose to give, its more definite relations; cf. Jahn ad Ov. M. 9, 429, and the works there referred to).
    I.
    A.. In gen.: nam nos decebat domum Lugere, ubi esset aliquis in lucem editus, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 48, 115 (as a transl. of Eurip. Cresph. Fragm. ap. Stob. tit. 121, Edei gar hêmas sullogon poioumenous Ton phunta thrênein, etc.):

    Ervom tibi aliquis cras faxo ad villam adferat,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 65:

    hunc videre saepe optabamus diem, Quom ex te esset aliquis, qui te appellaret patrem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:

    utinam modo agatur aliquid!

    Cic. Att. 3, 15:

    aliquid facerem, ut hoc ne facerem,

    I would do any thing, that I might not do this, Ter. And. 1, 5, 24; so id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:

    fit plerumque, ut ei, qui boni quid volunt adferre, adfingant aliquid, quo faciant id, quod nuntiant, laetius,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 3:

    quamvis enim demersae sunt leges alicujus opibus,

    id. Off. 2, 7, 24:

    quod motum adfert alicui,

    to any thing, id. Tusc. 1, 23, 53: te donabo ego hodie aliqui (abl.), Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 18; so, gaudere aliqui me volo, in some thing (or some way), id. Truc. 5, 30:

    nec manibus humanis (Deus) colitur indigens aliquo,

    any thing, Vulg. Act. 17, 25:

    non est tua ulla culpa, si te aliqui timuerunt,

    Cic. Marcell. 6 fin.:

    in narratione, ut aliqua neganda, aliqua adicienda, sic aliqua etiam tacenda,

    Quint. 4, 2, 67:

    sunt aliqua epistulis eorum inserta,

    Tac. Or. 25:

    laudare aliqua, ferre quaedam,

    Quint. 2, 4, 12:

    quaero, utrum aliquid actum an nihil arbitremur,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 15: quisquis est ille, si modo est aliquis (i. e. if only there is some one), qui, etc., id. Brut. 73, 255; so id. Ac. 2, 43, 132, etc.; Liv. 2, 10 fin.:

    nunc aliquis dicat mihi: Quid tu?

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 19; so id. ib. 2, 2, 94; 2, 2, 105; 2, 3, 6; 2, 5, 42, and id. Ep. 2, 1, 206.— Fem. sing.:

    Forsitan audieris aliquam certamine cursus Veloces superāsse viros,

    Ov. M. 10, 560:

    si qua tibi spon sa est, haec tibi sive aliqua est,

    id. ib. 4, 326.—
    B.
    Not unfrequently with adj.:

    Novo modo novum aliquid inventum adferre addecet,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 156:

    novum aliquid advertere,

    Tac. A. 15, 30:

    judicabant esse profecto aliquid naturā pulchrum atque praeclarum,

    Cic. Sen. 13, 43:

    mihi ne diuturnum quidem quidquam videtur, in quo est aliquid extremum,

    in which there is any end, id. ib. 19, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 5:

    dignum aliquid elaborare,

    Tac. Or. 9:

    aliquid improvisum, inopinatum,

    Liv. 27, 43:

    aliquid exquisitum,

    Tac. A. 12, 66:

    aliquid illustre et dignum memoriā,

    id. Or. 20:

    sanctum aliquid et providum,

    id. G. 8:

    insigne aliquid faceret eis,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 31:

    aliquid magnum,

    Verg. A. 9, 186, and 10, 547:

    quos magnum aliquid deceret, Juv 8, 263: dicens se esse aliquem magnum,

    Vulg. Act. 8, 9:

    majus aliquid et excelsius,

    Tac. A. 3, 53:

    melius aliquid,

    Vulg. Heb. 11, 40:

    deterius aliquid,

    ib. Joan. 5, 14.—Also with unus, to designate a single, but not otherwise defined person:

    ad unum aliquem confugiebant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 41 (cf. id. ib. 2, 12, 42: id si ab uno justo et bono viro consequebantur, erant, etc.): sin aliquis excellit unus e multis;

    effert se, si unum aliquid adfert,

    id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; so id. Verr. 2, 2, 52:

    aliquis unus pluresve divitiores,

    id. Rep. 1, 32: nam si natura non prohibet et esse virum bonum et esse dicendiperitum:

    cur non aliquis etiam unus utrumque consequi possit? cur autem non se quisque speret fore illum aliquem?

    that one, Quint. 12, 1, 31; 1, 12, 2.—
    C.
    Partitive with ex, de, or the gen.:

    aliquis ex vobis,

    Cic. Cael. 3:

    aliquem ex privatis audimus jussisse, etc.,

    Plin. 13, 3, 4, § 22:

    ex principibus aliquis,

    Vulg. Joan. 7, 48; ib. Rom. 11, 14:

    aliquis de tribus nobis,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 7:

    si de iis aliqui remanserint,

    Vulg. Lev. 26, 39; ib. 2 Reg. 9, 3:

    suorum aliquis,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 9:

    exspectabam aliquem meorum,

    id. Att. 13, 15: succurret fortasse alicui vestrūm, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1:

    trium rerum aliqua consequemur,

    Cic. Part. 8, 30:

    impetratum ab aliquo vestrūm,

    Tac. Or. 15; so Vulg. 1 Cor. 6, 1:

    principum aliquis,

    Tac. G. 13:

    cum popularibus et aliquibus principum,

    Liv. 22, 13:

    horum aliquid,

    Vulg. Lev. 15, 10.—
    D.
    Aliquid (nom. or acc.), with gen. of a subst. or of a neutr, adj. of second decl. instead of the adj. aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, agreeing with such word:

    aliquid pugnae,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 54:

    vestimenti aridi,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 16:

    consilii,

    id. Ep. 2, 2, 71:

    monstri,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 15:

    scitamentorum,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 3, 26:

    armorum,

    Tac. G. 18:

    boni,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 5; Ter. And. 2, 3, 24; Vulg. Joan. 1, 46:

    aequi,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 33:

    mali,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 60; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 29:

    novi,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 1, 1; Vulg. Act. 17, 21:

    potionis,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 22:

    virium,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 18:

    falsi,

    id. Caecin. 1, 3:

    vacui,

    Quint. 10, 6, 1:

    mdefensi,

    Liv. 26, 5 al. —Very rarely in abl.:

    aliquo loci morari,

    Dig. 18, 7, 1.—
    E.
    Frequently, esp. in Cic., with the kindred words aliquando, alicubi, aliquo, etc., for the sake of emphasis or rhetorical fulness, Cic. Planc. 14, 35:

    asperius locutus est aliquid aliquando,

    id. ib. 13, 33; id. Sest. 6, 14; id. Mil. 25, 67:

    non despero fore aliquem aliquando,

    id. de Or. 1, 21, 95; id. Rep. 1, 9; id. Or. 42, 144; id. Fam. 7, 11 med.: evadat saltem aliquid aliquā, quod conatus sum, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1; App. Mag. p. 295, 17 al.—
    F.
    In conditional clauses with si, nisi, quod si, etc.:

    si aliquid de summā gravitate Pompeius dimisisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 1: si aliquid ( really any thing, in contrast with nihil) dandum est voluptati, id. Sen. 13, 44: quod si non possimus aliquid proficere suadendo, Lucc. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 14, 5:

    Quod si de iis aliqui remanserint,

    Vulg. Lev. 26, 39:

    si quando aliquid tamquam aliqua fabella narratur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 59:

    si quis vobis aliquid dixerit,

    Vulg. Matt. 21, 3; ib. Luc. 19, 8:

    si aliquem, cui narraret, habuisset,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 88:

    si aliquem nacti sumus, cujus, etc.,

    id. ib. 8, 27:

    cui (puero) si aliquid erit,

    id. Fam. 14, 1:

    nisi alicui suorum negotium daret,

    Nep. Dion, 8, 2:

    si aliquid eorum praestitit,

    Liv. 24, 8.—
    G.
    In negative clauses with ne:

    Pompeius cavebat omnia, no aliquid vos timeretis,

    Cic. Mil. 24, 66:

    ne, si tibi sit pecunia adempta, aliquis dicat,

    Nep. Epam. 4, 4:

    ne alicui dicerent,

    Vulg. Luc. 8, 46.—
    H.
    In Plaut. and Ter. collect. with a plur. verb (cf. tis, Matth. Gr. 673): aperite atque Erotium aliquis evocate, open, some one (of you), etc., Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 111 (cf. id. Ps. 5, 1, 37:

    me adesse quis nuntiate): aperite aliquis actutum ostium,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 27.—
    I.
    In Verg. once with the second person sing.:

    Exoriare aliquis nostris ex ossibus ultor, Qui face Dardanios ferroque sequare colonos,

    Verg. A. 4, 625.
    ► In the following passages, with the critical authority added, aliquis seems to stand for the adj.
    aliqui, as nemo sometimes stands with a noun for the adj. nullus:

    nos quibus est alicunde aliquis objectus labos,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 6 Fleck.;

    Et ait idem, ut aliquis metus adjunctus sit ad gratiam,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 24 B. and K.:

    num igitur aliquis dolor in corpore est?

    id. Tusc. 1, 34, 82 iid.:

    ut aliquis nos deus tolleret,

    id. Am. 23, 87 iid.: sin casus aliquis interpellārit, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8 iid.:

    si deus aliquis vitas repente mutāsset,

    Tac. Or. 41 Halm:

    sic est aliquis oratorum campus,

    id. ib. 39 id.:

    sive sensus aliquis argutā sententiā effulsit,

    id. ib. 20 id. A similar use of aliquid for the adj. aliquod was asserted to exist in Plaut. by Lind. ad Cic. Inv. 2, 6, 399, and this is repeated by Klotz, s. v. aliquis, but Lemaire's Index gives only one instance: ni occupo aliquid mihi consilium, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 94, where Brix now reads aliquod.
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    With alius, aliud: some or any other, something else, any thing else:

    dum aliud aliquid flagitii conficiat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:

    potest fieri, ut alius aliquis Cornelius sit,

    Cic. Fragm. B. VI. 21:

    ut per alium aliquem te ipsum ulciscantur,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 22:

    non est in alio aliquo salus,

    Vulg. Act. 4, 12:

    aliquid aliud promittere,

    Petr. 10, 5 al. —
    B.
    And with the idea of alius implied, in opp. to a definite object or objects, some or any other, something else, any thing else: aut ture aut vino aut aliqui (abl.) semper supplicat, Plaut. Aul prol. 24:

    vellem aliquid Antonio praeter illum libellum libuisset scribere,

    Cic. Brut. 44:

    aut ipse occurrebat aut aliquos mittebat,

    Liv. 34, 38:

    cum seditionem sedare vellem, cum frumentum imperarem..., cum aliquid denique rei publicae causā gererem,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 27, 20: commentabar declamitans saepe cum M. Pisone et cum Q. Pompeio aut cum aliquo cotidie id. Brut. 90, 310; Vell. 1, 17; Tac. A. 1, 4: (Tiberius) neque spectacula omnino edidit;

    et iis, quae ab aliquo ederentur, rarissime interfuit,

    Suet. Tib. 47.—
    C.
    In a pregn. signif. as in Gr. tis, ti, something considerable, important, or great = aliquid magnum (v. supra. I. B.; cf. in Gr. hoti oiesthe ti poiein ouden poiountes, Plat. Symp. 1, 4):

    non omnia in ducis, aliquid et in militum manu esse,

    Liv. 45, 36.—Hence, esp.,
    1.
    Esse aliquem or aliquid, to be somebody or something, i. e to be of some worth, value, or note, to be esteemed:

    atque fac, ut me velis esse aliquem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 15 fin.:

    aude aliquid brevibus Gyaris dignum, si vis esse aliquis,

    Juv. 1, 73:

    an quidquam stultius quam quos singulos contemnas, eos esse aliquid putare universos?

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 36, 104:

    exstitit Theodas dicens se esse aliquem,

    Vulg. Act. 5, 36: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid. Cic. Att. 4, 2:

    ego quoque aliquid sum,

    id. Fam. 6, 18:

    qui videbantur aliquid esse,

    Vulg. Gal. 2, 2; 2, 6: quod te cum Culeone scribis de privilegio locutum, est aliquid ( it is something, it is no trifle):

    sed, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 3, 15: est istuc quidem aliquid, sed, etc.; id. Sen. 3; id. Cat. 1, 4:

    est aliquid nupsisse Jovi,

    Ov. F. 6, 27:

    Est aliquid de tot Graiorum milibus unum A Diomede legi,

    id. M. 13, 241:

    est aliquid unius sese dominum fecisse lacertae,

    Juv. 3, 230:

    omina sunt aliquid,

    Ov. Am. 1, 12, 3; so,

    crimen abesse,

    id. F. 1, 484:

    Sunt aliquid Manes,

    Prop. 5, 7, 1:

    est aliquid eloquentia,

    Quint. 1, prooem. fin. —
    2.
    Dicere aliquid, like legein ti, to say something worth the while:

    diceres aliquid et magno quidem philosopho dignum,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 16, 35; cf. Herm. ad Vig. 731; 755; so, assequi aliquid, to effect something considerable:

    Etenim si nunc aliquid assequi se putant, qui ostium Ponti viderunt,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 20, 45.—
    3.
    In colloquial lang.: fiet aliquid, something important or great, will, may come to pass or happen: Ch. Invenietur, exquiretur, aliquid fiet. Eu. Enicas. Jam istuc aliquid fiet, metuo, Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 25:

    mane, aliquid fiet, ne abi,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 15; Ter. And. 2, 1, 14.—
    D.
    Ad aliquid esse, in gram. lang., to refer or relate to something else, e. g. pater, filius, frater, etc. (v. ad):

    idem cum interrogantur, cur aper apri et pater patris faciat, il lud nomen positum, hoc ad aliquid esse contendunt,

    Quint. 1, 6, 13 Halm.—
    E.
    Atque aliquis, poet. in imitation of hôide de tis, and thus some one (Hom. II. 7, 178;

    7, 201 al.): Atque aliquis, magno quaerens exempla timori, Non alios, inquit, motus, etc.,

    Luc. 2, 67 Web.; Stat. Th. 1, 171; Claud. Eutr. 1, 350.—
    F.
    It is sometimes omitted before qui, esp. in the phrase est qui, sunt qui:

    praemittebatque de stipulatoribus suis, qui perscrutarentur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 7, 25:

    sunt quibus in satirā videar nimis acer,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 1:

    sunt qui adiciant his evidentiam, quae, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 2, § 63 (cf. on the contr. § 69: verum in his quoque confessionibus est aliquid. quod ex invidiā detrahi possit).—
    G.
    Aliquid, like nihil (q. v. I. g), is used of persons:

    Hinc ad Antonium nemo, illinc ad Caesarem cotidie aliquid transfugiebat,

    Vell. 2, 84, 2 (cf. in Gr. tôn d allôn ou per ti... oute theôn out anthrôpôn, Hom. H. Ven. 34 sq. Herm.).— Hence the advv.
    A.
    ălĭquid (prop. acc. denoting in what respect, with a verb or [p. 89] adj.; so in Gr. ti), somewhat, in something, in some degree, to some extent:

    illud vereor, ne tibi illum succensere aliquid suspicere,

    Cic. Deiot. 13, 35:

    si in me aliquid offendistis,

    at all, in any respect, id. Mil. 36, 99:

    quos tamen aliquid usus ac disciplina sublevarent,

    somewhat, Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    Philippi regnum officere aliquid videtur libertati vestrae,

    Liv. 31, 29:

    Nos aliquid Rutulos contra juvisse nefandum est?

    Verg. A. 10, 84:

    neque circumcisio aliquid valet,

    Vulg. Gal. 6, 15:

    perlucens jam aliquid, incerta tamen lux,

    Liv. 41, 2:

    aliquid et spatio fessus,

    Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 54; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 259; Ellendt ad Cic. de Or. 1, 9, 35.—
    B.
    ălĭquō (from aliquoi, old dat. denoting direction whither; cf.: eo, quo, alio, etc.).
    1.
    Somewhither (arch.), to some place, somewhere; in the comic poets sometimes also with a subst. added, which designates the place more definitely:

    ut aliquo ex urbe amoveas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 94:

    aliquo abicere,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 26:

    concludere,

    id. Eun. 4, 3, 25 (cf. id. Ad. 4, 2, 13, in cellam aliquam concludere):

    ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 17:

    demigrandum potius aliquo est quam, etc.,

    id. Dom. 100:

    aliquem aliquo impellere,

    id. Vatin. 15:

    aliquo exire,

    id. Q. Fr. 3, 1:

    aliquo advenire vel sicunde discedere,

    Suet. Calig. 4; Plaut. Rud. 2, 6, 51; id. Men. 5, 1, 3:

    in angulum Aliquo abire,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 10; 3, 3, 6:

    aliquem rus aliquo educere,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3.—With a gen., like quo, ubi, etc.: migrandum Rhodum aut aliquo terrarum, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1, 5.—
    2.
    With the idea of alio implied, = alio quo, somewhere else, to some other place (cf. aliquis, II. B.):

    dum proficiscor aliquo,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 28:

    at certe ut hinc concedas aliquo,

    id. Heaut. 3, 3, 11:

    si te parentes timerent atque odissent tui, ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 17; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 265.—
    C.
    ălĭquam, adv. (prop. acc. fem.), = in aliquam partem, in some degree; only in connection with diu, multus, and plures.
    1.
    Aliquam diu (B. and K.), or together aliquamdiu (Madv., Halm, Dietsch), awhile, for a while, for some time; also pregn., for some considerable time (most freq. in the histt., esp. Cæs. and Livy; also in Cic.).
    a.
    Absol.:

    ut non aliquando condemnatum esse Oppianicum, sed aliquam diu incolumem fuisse miremini,

    Cic. Clu. 9, 25:

    Aristum Athenis audivit aliquam diu,

    id. Ac. 1, 3, 12:

    in vincula conjectus est, in quibus aliquamdiu fuit,

    Nep. Con. 5, 3;

    id. Dion, 3, 1: quā in parte rex affuit, ibi aliquamdiu certatum,

    Sall. J. 74, 3; Liv. 3, 70, 4.—
    b.
    Often followed by deinde, postea, postremo, tandem, etc.:

    pugnatur aliquamdiu pari contentione: deinde, etc., Auct. B. G. 8, 19, 3: cunctati aliquamdiu sunt: pudor deinde commovit aciem,

    Liv. 2, 10, 9; so id. 1, 16:

    quos aliquamdiu inermos timuissent, hos postea armatos superāssent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 6:

    controversia aliquamdiu fuit: postremo, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 32, 7; 25, 15, 14; 45, 6, 6:

    ibi aliquamdiu atrox pugna stetit: tandem, etc.,

    Liv. 29, 2, 15; 34, 28, 4 and 11; Suet. Ner. 6.—
    * c.
    With donec, as a more definite limitation of time, some time... until, a considerable time... until:

    exanimis aliquamdiu jacuit, donec, etc.,

    Suet. Caes. 82. —
    d.
    Meton., for a long distance; most freq. of rivers:

    Rhodanus aliquamdiu Gallias dirimit,

    Mel. 2, 5, 5; so id. 3, 5, 6; 3, 9, 8 al.—Of the Corycian cave in Cilicia:

    deinde aliquamdiu perspicuus, mox, et quo magis subitur, obscurior,

    Mel. 1, 13.—
    2.
    Aliquam multi, or aliquammulti, somewhat many, considerable in number or quantity (mostly post-class.):

    sunt vestrūm aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognōrunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56 B. and K.: aliquammultos non comparuisse, * Gell. 3, 10, 17 Hertz:

    aliquammultis diebus decumbo,

    App. Mag. p. 320, 10.—Also adv.: aliquam multum, something much, to a considerable distance, considerably:

    sed haec defensio, ut dixi, aliquam multum a me remota est,

    App. Mag. p. 276, 7 dub.—And comp. * aliquam plures, somewhat more, considerably more:

    aliquam pluribus et amarioribus perorantem,

    Tert. Apol. 12 dub.; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 243.—
    D.
    ălĭquā, adv. (prop. abl. fem.).
    1.
    Somewhere (like mod. Engl. somewhere for somewhither):

    antevenito aliquā aliquos,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 66: aliquā evolare si posset, * Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:

    si quā evasissent aliquā,

    Liv. 26, 27, 12.—
    2.
    Transf. to action, in some way or other, in some manner, = aliquo modo:

    aliquid aliquā sentire,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62: evadere aliquā, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1:

    aliquid aliquā resciscere,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 19, and 4, 1, 19: aliquā nocere, * Verg. E. 3, 15:

    aliquā obesse,

    App. Mag. p. 295, 17.—
    E.
    ălĭqui, adv. (prop. abl. = aliquo modo), in some way, somehow:

    Quamquam ego tibi videor stultus, gaudere me aliqui volo,

    Plaut. Truc. 5, 30 (but in this and like cases, aliqui may be treated as the abl. subst.; cf. supra, I. A.); cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 242.
    ► The forms aliqua, neutr.
    plur., and aliquam, acc., and aliquā, abl., used adverbially, may also be referred to the adj. ălĭqui, ălĭqua, ălĭquod.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aliquis

  • 68 aliquod

    ălĭquis, aliquid; plur. aliqui [alius-quis; cf. Engl. somebody or other, i.e. some person [p. 88] obscurely definite; v. Donald. Varron. p. 381 sq.] ( fem. sing. rare).— Abl. sing. aliqui, Plaut. Aul. prol. 24; id. Most. 1, 3, 18; id. Truc. 5, 30; id. Ep. 3, 1, 11.— Nom. plur. masc. aliques, analog. to ques, from quis, acc. to Charis. 133 P.— Nom. and acc. plur. neutr. always aliqua.— Dat. and abl. plur. aliquibus, Liv. 22, 13;

    oftener aliquis,

    id. 26, 15; 26, 49; Plin. 2, 48, 49, § 131.—Alicui, trisyl., Tib. 4, 7, 2), indef. subst. pron., some one, somebody, any one, something, any thing; in the plur., some, any (it is opp. to an object definitely stated, as also to no one, nobody. The synn. quis, aliquis, and quidam designate an object not denoted by name; quis leaves not merely the object, but even its existence, uncertain; hence it is in gen. used in hypoth. and conditional clauses, with si, nisi, num, quando, etc.; aliquis, more emphatic than quis, denotes that an object really exists, but that nothing depends upon its individuality; no matter of what kind it may be, if it is only one, and not none; quidam indicates not merely the existence and individuality of an object, but that it is known as such to the speaker, only that he is not acquainted with, or does not choose to give, its more definite relations; cf. Jahn ad Ov. M. 9, 429, and the works there referred to).
    I.
    A.. In gen.: nam nos decebat domum Lugere, ubi esset aliquis in lucem editus, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 48, 115 (as a transl. of Eurip. Cresph. Fragm. ap. Stob. tit. 121, Edei gar hêmas sullogon poioumenous Ton phunta thrênein, etc.):

    Ervom tibi aliquis cras faxo ad villam adferat,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 65:

    hunc videre saepe optabamus diem, Quom ex te esset aliquis, qui te appellaret patrem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:

    utinam modo agatur aliquid!

    Cic. Att. 3, 15:

    aliquid facerem, ut hoc ne facerem,

    I would do any thing, that I might not do this, Ter. And. 1, 5, 24; so id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:

    fit plerumque, ut ei, qui boni quid volunt adferre, adfingant aliquid, quo faciant id, quod nuntiant, laetius,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 3:

    quamvis enim demersae sunt leges alicujus opibus,

    id. Off. 2, 7, 24:

    quod motum adfert alicui,

    to any thing, id. Tusc. 1, 23, 53: te donabo ego hodie aliqui (abl.), Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 18; so, gaudere aliqui me volo, in some thing (or some way), id. Truc. 5, 30:

    nec manibus humanis (Deus) colitur indigens aliquo,

    any thing, Vulg. Act. 17, 25:

    non est tua ulla culpa, si te aliqui timuerunt,

    Cic. Marcell. 6 fin.:

    in narratione, ut aliqua neganda, aliqua adicienda, sic aliqua etiam tacenda,

    Quint. 4, 2, 67:

    sunt aliqua epistulis eorum inserta,

    Tac. Or. 25:

    laudare aliqua, ferre quaedam,

    Quint. 2, 4, 12:

    quaero, utrum aliquid actum an nihil arbitremur,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 6, 15: quisquis est ille, si modo est aliquis (i. e. if only there is some one), qui, etc., id. Brut. 73, 255; so id. Ac. 2, 43, 132, etc.; Liv. 2, 10 fin.:

    nunc aliquis dicat mihi: Quid tu?

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 19; so id. ib. 2, 2, 94; 2, 2, 105; 2, 3, 6; 2, 5, 42, and id. Ep. 2, 1, 206.— Fem. sing.:

    Forsitan audieris aliquam certamine cursus Veloces superāsse viros,

    Ov. M. 10, 560:

    si qua tibi spon sa est, haec tibi sive aliqua est,

    id. ib. 4, 326.—
    B.
    Not unfrequently with adj.:

    Novo modo novum aliquid inventum adferre addecet,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 156:

    novum aliquid advertere,

    Tac. A. 15, 30:

    judicabant esse profecto aliquid naturā pulchrum atque praeclarum,

    Cic. Sen. 13, 43:

    mihi ne diuturnum quidem quidquam videtur, in quo est aliquid extremum,

    in which there is any end, id. ib. 19, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 5:

    dignum aliquid elaborare,

    Tac. Or. 9:

    aliquid improvisum, inopinatum,

    Liv. 27, 43:

    aliquid exquisitum,

    Tac. A. 12, 66:

    aliquid illustre et dignum memoriā,

    id. Or. 20:

    sanctum aliquid et providum,

    id. G. 8:

    insigne aliquid faceret eis,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 31:

    aliquid magnum,

    Verg. A. 9, 186, and 10, 547:

    quos magnum aliquid deceret, Juv 8, 263: dicens se esse aliquem magnum,

    Vulg. Act. 8, 9:

    majus aliquid et excelsius,

    Tac. A. 3, 53:

    melius aliquid,

    Vulg. Heb. 11, 40:

    deterius aliquid,

    ib. Joan. 5, 14.—Also with unus, to designate a single, but not otherwise defined person:

    ad unum aliquem confugiebant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 41 (cf. id. ib. 2, 12, 42: id si ab uno justo et bono viro consequebantur, erant, etc.): sin aliquis excellit unus e multis;

    effert se, si unum aliquid adfert,

    id. de Or. 3, 33, 136; so id. Verr. 2, 2, 52:

    aliquis unus pluresve divitiores,

    id. Rep. 1, 32: nam si natura non prohibet et esse virum bonum et esse dicendiperitum:

    cur non aliquis etiam unus utrumque consequi possit? cur autem non se quisque speret fore illum aliquem?

    that one, Quint. 12, 1, 31; 1, 12, 2.—
    C.
    Partitive with ex, de, or the gen.:

    aliquis ex vobis,

    Cic. Cael. 3:

    aliquem ex privatis audimus jussisse, etc.,

    Plin. 13, 3, 4, § 22:

    ex principibus aliquis,

    Vulg. Joan. 7, 48; ib. Rom. 11, 14:

    aliquis de tribus nobis,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 7:

    si de iis aliqui remanserint,

    Vulg. Lev. 26, 39; ib. 2 Reg. 9, 3:

    suorum aliquis,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 9:

    exspectabam aliquem meorum,

    id. Att. 13, 15: succurret fortasse alicui vestrūm, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1:

    trium rerum aliqua consequemur,

    Cic. Part. 8, 30:

    impetratum ab aliquo vestrūm,

    Tac. Or. 15; so Vulg. 1 Cor. 6, 1:

    principum aliquis,

    Tac. G. 13:

    cum popularibus et aliquibus principum,

    Liv. 22, 13:

    horum aliquid,

    Vulg. Lev. 15, 10.—
    D.
    Aliquid (nom. or acc.), with gen. of a subst. or of a neutr, adj. of second decl. instead of the adj. aliqui, aliqua, aliquod, agreeing with such word:

    aliquid pugnae,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 54:

    vestimenti aridi,

    id. Rud. 2, 6, 16:

    consilii,

    id. Ep. 2, 2, 71:

    monstri,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 15:

    scitamentorum,

    Plaut. Men. 1, 3, 26:

    armorum,

    Tac. G. 18:

    boni,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 6, 5; Ter. And. 2, 3, 24; Vulg. Joan. 1, 46:

    aequi,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 33:

    mali,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 60; Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 29:

    novi,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 1, 1; Vulg. Act. 17, 21:

    potionis,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 22:

    virium,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 18:

    falsi,

    id. Caecin. 1, 3:

    vacui,

    Quint. 10, 6, 1:

    mdefensi,

    Liv. 26, 5 al. —Very rarely in abl.:

    aliquo loci morari,

    Dig. 18, 7, 1.—
    E.
    Frequently, esp. in Cic., with the kindred words aliquando, alicubi, aliquo, etc., for the sake of emphasis or rhetorical fulness, Cic. Planc. 14, 35:

    asperius locutus est aliquid aliquando,

    id. ib. 13, 33; id. Sest. 6, 14; id. Mil. 25, 67:

    non despero fore aliquem aliquando,

    id. de Or. 1, 21, 95; id. Rep. 1, 9; id. Or. 42, 144; id. Fam. 7, 11 med.: evadat saltem aliquid aliquā, quod conatus sum, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1; App. Mag. p. 295, 17 al.—
    F.
    In conditional clauses with si, nisi, quod si, etc.:

    si aliquid de summā gravitate Pompeius dimisisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 1: si aliquid ( really any thing, in contrast with nihil) dandum est voluptati, id. Sen. 13, 44: quod si non possimus aliquid proficere suadendo, Lucc. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 14, 5:

    Quod si de iis aliqui remanserint,

    Vulg. Lev. 26, 39:

    si quando aliquid tamquam aliqua fabella narratur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 59:

    si quis vobis aliquid dixerit,

    Vulg. Matt. 21, 3; ib. Luc. 19, 8:

    si aliquem, cui narraret, habuisset,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 88:

    si aliquem nacti sumus, cujus, etc.,

    id. ib. 8, 27:

    cui (puero) si aliquid erit,

    id. Fam. 14, 1:

    nisi alicui suorum negotium daret,

    Nep. Dion, 8, 2:

    si aliquid eorum praestitit,

    Liv. 24, 8.—
    G.
    In negative clauses with ne:

    Pompeius cavebat omnia, no aliquid vos timeretis,

    Cic. Mil. 24, 66:

    ne, si tibi sit pecunia adempta, aliquis dicat,

    Nep. Epam. 4, 4:

    ne alicui dicerent,

    Vulg. Luc. 8, 46.—
    H.
    In Plaut. and Ter. collect. with a plur. verb (cf. tis, Matth. Gr. 673): aperite atque Erotium aliquis evocate, open, some one (of you), etc., Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 111 (cf. id. Ps. 5, 1, 37:

    me adesse quis nuntiate): aperite aliquis actutum ostium,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 27.—
    I.
    In Verg. once with the second person sing.:

    Exoriare aliquis nostris ex ossibus ultor, Qui face Dardanios ferroque sequare colonos,

    Verg. A. 4, 625.
    ► In the following passages, with the critical authority added, aliquis seems to stand for the adj.
    aliqui, as nemo sometimes stands with a noun for the adj. nullus:

    nos quibus est alicunde aliquis objectus labos,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 6 Fleck.;

    Et ait idem, ut aliquis metus adjunctus sit ad gratiam,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 24 B. and K.:

    num igitur aliquis dolor in corpore est?

    id. Tusc. 1, 34, 82 iid.:

    ut aliquis nos deus tolleret,

    id. Am. 23, 87 iid.: sin casus aliquis interpellārit, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 8 iid.:

    si deus aliquis vitas repente mutāsset,

    Tac. Or. 41 Halm:

    sic est aliquis oratorum campus,

    id. ib. 39 id.:

    sive sensus aliquis argutā sententiā effulsit,

    id. ib. 20 id. A similar use of aliquid for the adj. aliquod was asserted to exist in Plaut. by Lind. ad Cic. Inv. 2, 6, 399, and this is repeated by Klotz, s. v. aliquis, but Lemaire's Index gives only one instance: ni occupo aliquid mihi consilium, Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 94, where Brix now reads aliquod.
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    With alius, aliud: some or any other, something else, any thing else:

    dum aliud aliquid flagitii conficiat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:

    potest fieri, ut alius aliquis Cornelius sit,

    Cic. Fragm. B. VI. 21:

    ut per alium aliquem te ipsum ulciscantur,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 22:

    non est in alio aliquo salus,

    Vulg. Act. 4, 12:

    aliquid aliud promittere,

    Petr. 10, 5 al. —
    B.
    And with the idea of alius implied, in opp. to a definite object or objects, some or any other, something else, any thing else: aut ture aut vino aut aliqui (abl.) semper supplicat, Plaut. Aul prol. 24:

    vellem aliquid Antonio praeter illum libellum libuisset scribere,

    Cic. Brut. 44:

    aut ipse occurrebat aut aliquos mittebat,

    Liv. 34, 38:

    cum seditionem sedare vellem, cum frumentum imperarem..., cum aliquid denique rei publicae causā gererem,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 27, 20: commentabar declamitans saepe cum M. Pisone et cum Q. Pompeio aut cum aliquo cotidie id. Brut. 90, 310; Vell. 1, 17; Tac. A. 1, 4: (Tiberius) neque spectacula omnino edidit;

    et iis, quae ab aliquo ederentur, rarissime interfuit,

    Suet. Tib. 47.—
    C.
    In a pregn. signif. as in Gr. tis, ti, something considerable, important, or great = aliquid magnum (v. supra. I. B.; cf. in Gr. hoti oiesthe ti poiein ouden poiountes, Plat. Symp. 1, 4):

    non omnia in ducis, aliquid et in militum manu esse,

    Liv. 45, 36.—Hence, esp.,
    1.
    Esse aliquem or aliquid, to be somebody or something, i. e to be of some worth, value, or note, to be esteemed:

    atque fac, ut me velis esse aliquem,

    Cic. Att. 3, 15 fin.:

    aude aliquid brevibus Gyaris dignum, si vis esse aliquis,

    Juv. 1, 73:

    an quidquam stultius quam quos singulos contemnas, eos esse aliquid putare universos?

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 36, 104:

    exstitit Theodas dicens se esse aliquem,

    Vulg. Act. 5, 36: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid. Cic. Att. 4, 2:

    ego quoque aliquid sum,

    id. Fam. 6, 18:

    qui videbantur aliquid esse,

    Vulg. Gal. 2, 2; 2, 6: quod te cum Culeone scribis de privilegio locutum, est aliquid ( it is something, it is no trifle):

    sed, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 3, 15: est istuc quidem aliquid, sed, etc.; id. Sen. 3; id. Cat. 1, 4:

    est aliquid nupsisse Jovi,

    Ov. F. 6, 27:

    Est aliquid de tot Graiorum milibus unum A Diomede legi,

    id. M. 13, 241:

    est aliquid unius sese dominum fecisse lacertae,

    Juv. 3, 230:

    omina sunt aliquid,

    Ov. Am. 1, 12, 3; so,

    crimen abesse,

    id. F. 1, 484:

    Sunt aliquid Manes,

    Prop. 5, 7, 1:

    est aliquid eloquentia,

    Quint. 1, prooem. fin. —
    2.
    Dicere aliquid, like legein ti, to say something worth the while:

    diceres aliquid et magno quidem philosopho dignum,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 16, 35; cf. Herm. ad Vig. 731; 755; so, assequi aliquid, to effect something considerable:

    Etenim si nunc aliquid assequi se putant, qui ostium Ponti viderunt,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 20, 45.—
    3.
    In colloquial lang.: fiet aliquid, something important or great, will, may come to pass or happen: Ch. Invenietur, exquiretur, aliquid fiet. Eu. Enicas. Jam istuc aliquid fiet, metuo, Plaut. Merc. 2, 4, 25:

    mane, aliquid fiet, ne abi,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 15; Ter. And. 2, 1, 14.—
    D.
    Ad aliquid esse, in gram. lang., to refer or relate to something else, e. g. pater, filius, frater, etc. (v. ad):

    idem cum interrogantur, cur aper apri et pater patris faciat, il lud nomen positum, hoc ad aliquid esse contendunt,

    Quint. 1, 6, 13 Halm.—
    E.
    Atque aliquis, poet. in imitation of hôide de tis, and thus some one (Hom. II. 7, 178;

    7, 201 al.): Atque aliquis, magno quaerens exempla timori, Non alios, inquit, motus, etc.,

    Luc. 2, 67 Web.; Stat. Th. 1, 171; Claud. Eutr. 1, 350.—
    F.
    It is sometimes omitted before qui, esp. in the phrase est qui, sunt qui:

    praemittebatque de stipulatoribus suis, qui perscrutarentur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 7, 25:

    sunt quibus in satirā videar nimis acer,

    Hor. S. 2, 1, 1:

    sunt qui adiciant his evidentiam, quae, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 2, § 63 (cf. on the contr. § 69: verum in his quoque confessionibus est aliquid. quod ex invidiā detrahi possit).—
    G.
    Aliquid, like nihil (q. v. I. g), is used of persons:

    Hinc ad Antonium nemo, illinc ad Caesarem cotidie aliquid transfugiebat,

    Vell. 2, 84, 2 (cf. in Gr. tôn d allôn ou per ti... oute theôn out anthrôpôn, Hom. H. Ven. 34 sq. Herm.).— Hence the advv.
    A.
    ălĭquid (prop. acc. denoting in what respect, with a verb or [p. 89] adj.; so in Gr. ti), somewhat, in something, in some degree, to some extent:

    illud vereor, ne tibi illum succensere aliquid suspicere,

    Cic. Deiot. 13, 35:

    si in me aliquid offendistis,

    at all, in any respect, id. Mil. 36, 99:

    quos tamen aliquid usus ac disciplina sublevarent,

    somewhat, Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    Philippi regnum officere aliquid videtur libertati vestrae,

    Liv. 31, 29:

    Nos aliquid Rutulos contra juvisse nefandum est?

    Verg. A. 10, 84:

    neque circumcisio aliquid valet,

    Vulg. Gal. 6, 15:

    perlucens jam aliquid, incerta tamen lux,

    Liv. 41, 2:

    aliquid et spatio fessus,

    Plin. 5, 9, 10, § 54; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 259; Ellendt ad Cic. de Or. 1, 9, 35.—
    B.
    ălĭquō (from aliquoi, old dat. denoting direction whither; cf.: eo, quo, alio, etc.).
    1.
    Somewhither (arch.), to some place, somewhere; in the comic poets sometimes also with a subst. added, which designates the place more definitely:

    ut aliquo ex urbe amoveas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 94:

    aliquo abicere,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 26:

    concludere,

    id. Eun. 4, 3, 25 (cf. id. Ad. 4, 2, 13, in cellam aliquam concludere):

    ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 17:

    demigrandum potius aliquo est quam, etc.,

    id. Dom. 100:

    aliquem aliquo impellere,

    id. Vatin. 15:

    aliquo exire,

    id. Q. Fr. 3, 1:

    aliquo advenire vel sicunde discedere,

    Suet. Calig. 4; Plaut. Rud. 2, 6, 51; id. Men. 5, 1, 3:

    in angulum Aliquo abire,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 2, 10; 3, 3, 6:

    aliquem rus aliquo educere,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 3.—With a gen., like quo, ubi, etc.: migrandum Rhodum aut aliquo terrarum, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 1, 5.—
    2.
    With the idea of alio implied, = alio quo, somewhere else, to some other place (cf. aliquis, II. B.):

    dum proficiscor aliquo,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 28:

    at certe ut hinc concedas aliquo,

    id. Heaut. 3, 3, 11:

    si te parentes timerent atque odissent tui, ab eorum oculis aliquo concederes,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 17; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 265.—
    C.
    ălĭquam, adv. (prop. acc. fem.), = in aliquam partem, in some degree; only in connection with diu, multus, and plures.
    1.
    Aliquam diu (B. and K.), or together aliquamdiu (Madv., Halm, Dietsch), awhile, for a while, for some time; also pregn., for some considerable time (most freq. in the histt., esp. Cæs. and Livy; also in Cic.).
    a.
    Absol.:

    ut non aliquando condemnatum esse Oppianicum, sed aliquam diu incolumem fuisse miremini,

    Cic. Clu. 9, 25:

    Aristum Athenis audivit aliquam diu,

    id. Ac. 1, 3, 12:

    in vincula conjectus est, in quibus aliquamdiu fuit,

    Nep. Con. 5, 3;

    id. Dion, 3, 1: quā in parte rex affuit, ibi aliquamdiu certatum,

    Sall. J. 74, 3; Liv. 3, 70, 4.—
    b.
    Often followed by deinde, postea, postremo, tandem, etc.:

    pugnatur aliquamdiu pari contentione: deinde, etc., Auct. B. G. 8, 19, 3: cunctati aliquamdiu sunt: pudor deinde commovit aciem,

    Liv. 2, 10, 9; so id. 1, 16:

    quos aliquamdiu inermos timuissent, hos postea armatos superāssent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40, 6:

    controversia aliquamdiu fuit: postremo, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 32, 7; 25, 15, 14; 45, 6, 6:

    ibi aliquamdiu atrox pugna stetit: tandem, etc.,

    Liv. 29, 2, 15; 34, 28, 4 and 11; Suet. Ner. 6.—
    * c.
    With donec, as a more definite limitation of time, some time... until, a considerable time... until:

    exanimis aliquamdiu jacuit, donec, etc.,

    Suet. Caes. 82. —
    d.
    Meton., for a long distance; most freq. of rivers:

    Rhodanus aliquamdiu Gallias dirimit,

    Mel. 2, 5, 5; so id. 3, 5, 6; 3, 9, 8 al.—Of the Corycian cave in Cilicia:

    deinde aliquamdiu perspicuus, mox, et quo magis subitur, obscurior,

    Mel. 1, 13.—
    2.
    Aliquam multi, or aliquammulti, somewhat many, considerable in number or quantity (mostly post-class.):

    sunt vestrūm aliquam multi, qui L. Pisonem cognōrunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 56 B. and K.: aliquammultos non comparuisse, * Gell. 3, 10, 17 Hertz:

    aliquammultis diebus decumbo,

    App. Mag. p. 320, 10.—Also adv.: aliquam multum, something much, to a considerable distance, considerably:

    sed haec defensio, ut dixi, aliquam multum a me remota est,

    App. Mag. p. 276, 7 dub.—And comp. * aliquam plures, somewhat more, considerably more:

    aliquam pluribus et amarioribus perorantem,

    Tert. Apol. 12 dub.; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 243.—
    D.
    ălĭquā, adv. (prop. abl. fem.).
    1.
    Somewhere (like mod. Engl. somewhere for somewhither):

    antevenito aliquā aliquos,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 66: aliquā evolare si posset, * Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:

    si quā evasissent aliquā,

    Liv. 26, 27, 12.—
    2.
    Transf. to action, in some way or other, in some manner, = aliquo modo:

    aliquid aliquā sentire,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62: evadere aliquā, Lucil. ap. Non. 293, 1:

    aliquid aliquā resciscere,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 1, 19, and 4, 1, 19: aliquā nocere, * Verg. E. 3, 15:

    aliquā obesse,

    App. Mag. p. 295, 17.—
    E.
    ălĭqui, adv. (prop. abl. = aliquo modo), in some way, somehow:

    Quamquam ego tibi videor stultus, gaudere me aliqui volo,

    Plaut. Truc. 5, 30 (but in this and like cases, aliqui may be treated as the abl. subst.; cf. supra, I. A.); cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 242.
    ► The forms aliqua, neutr.
    plur., and aliquam, acc., and aliquā, abl., used adverbially, may also be referred to the adj. ălĭqui, ălĭqua, ălĭquod.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aliquod

  • 69 ita

    ĭta, adv. [pronom. stem i-; cf. is; Sanscr. itthā; Zend, itha], in the manner specified, in this manner, in this wise, in such a way, so, thus.
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    Referring to what precedes, as has been said, thus, so:

    des operam ut investiges sitne ita,

    Cic. Att. 12, 17: vidi ego nequam homines, verum te nullum deteriorem. Phil. Ita sum, Plaut. Bacch. 5, 2, 60:

    ita aiunt,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 21; 3, 3, 18; id. Ad. 5, 5, 7:

    et hercule ita fecit,

    Cic. Cael. 11, 37:

    factum est ita,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 4:

    aiunt enim te ita dictitare,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151;

    frequent in phrase: quae cum ita sint,

    since what has been said is true, id. Rosc. Com. 6, 17 init.; so,

    quod cum ita sit,

    id. Caecin. 12, 33:

    quae cum ita essent,

    id. Clu. 34, 94 fin. —
    B.
    To introduce the thought which follows, thus, in the following manner, as follows, in this way:

    in tertio de oratore ita scriptum est, in perpetua, etc.,

    Quint. 9, 1, 25:

    haec ita digerunt: primum... secundum, etc.,

    id. 11, 2, 20:

    ita sciunt procuratores... nullius apud te auctoritatem valere plus quam meam,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 42, 4; id. Tusc. 3, 18, 41:

    ita constitui, fortiter esse agendum,

    id. Clu. 19, 51. —
    C.
    In affirmations, esp. in replies, yes, it is so, just so, true: quid istic tibi negoti est? Dav. Mihin'? Si. Ita, Ter. And. 5, 2, 8:

    an laudationes? ita, inquit Antonius,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 11, 44:

    Davusne? ita,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 2; so in solemn affirmation: est ita: est, judices, ita, ut dicitur, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 52, § 117:

    et certe ita est,

    id. Att. 9, 13, 2:

    ita est,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 51; Ter. And. 1, 1, 27;

    and in negations: non est ita,

    Cic. Off. 1, 44, § 158; strengthened by other particles of affirmation: as vero, profecto, prorsus, plane;

    ita vero,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 37:

    ita profecto,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 214:

    non est profecto ita, judices,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 121:

    ita prorsus,

    id. Tusc. 2, 27, 67:

    prorsus ita,

    id. Leg. 3, 12, 26:

    ita plane,

    id. Tusc. 1, 7, 13; id. Ac. 2, 35, 113.—
    D.
    In interrogations, esp.
    a.
    Jeeringly, implying an affirmative, = alêthes: itane? really? truly? is it so? itane credis? Ter. And. 2, 3, 25; id. Eun. 5, 8, 28; Cic. Div. 2, 40, 83:

    itane est?

    id. Rosc. Am. 39, 113;

    so with vero or tandem: itane vero? ego non justus?

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 5, 30, § 77; id. Div. 1, 13, 23:

    itane tandem?

    id. Clu. 65, 182. —
    b.
    Where surprise or reproach is implied: quid ita? (Gr. ti dai), why so? how is that? what do you mean? accusatis Sex. Roscium. Quid ita? Cic. Rosc. Am. 12, 34; id. N. D. 1, 35, 99; id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    quid ita passus est Eretriam capi? quid ita tot Thessaliae urbes? Quid ita, etc.,

    Liv. 32, 21, 13; 27, 34, 13; Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 42.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    In comparisons, so.
    1.
    To point out the resemblance, usually corresponding to ut; sometimes to quasi, quomodo, quemadmodum, quam, tamquam, veluti, qualis, etc., as, like, in the same way as:

    non ita amo ut sani solent homines,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 38:

    ita ut res sese habet,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 24:

    ita vero, Quirites, ut precamini, eveniat,

    Cic. Phil. 4, 4, 10:

    omnis enim pecunia ita tractatur, ut praeda, a praefectis,

    id. Fam. 2, 17, 7:

    an ita tu's animata, ut qui expers matris imperiis sies?

    Plaut. As. 3, 1, 2:

    ut homost, ita morem geras,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 77:

    ut hirundines... ita falsi amici, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 4, 48, 61:

    tametsi ita de meo facto loquor, quasi ego illud mea voluntate fecerim,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 29:

    sed prorsus ita, quasi aut reus numquam esset futurus, aut, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 22, § 49; Quint. 9, 4, 87:

    me consulem ita fecistis, quomodo pauci facti sunt,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 1, 3; Quint. 11, 1, 92:

    quemadmodum dicimus non feci furtum, ita, non est hoc furtum,

    Quint. 7, 3, 1:

    non ita variant undae... quam facile mutantur amantes,

    Prop. 3, 5, 11:

    castra in hostico incuriose ita posita, tamquam procul abesset hostis,

    Liv. 8, 38, 2:

    neque enim ita se gessit tamquam rationem aliquando esset redditurus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 49:

    Alexander ita cupide profectus fuerat, veluti, etc.,

    Just. 12, 2, 1:

    sane ita se habet sacrum, quale apud Homerum quoque est,

    Quint. 1, 5, 67.—
    2.
    Following or followed by ut, to denote that two things are in the same condition or category.
    (α).
    Ut... ita, as... so, just as... so also, alike... and, as well... as: Dolabellam ut Tarsenses, ita Laodiceni multo amentiores ultro arcessierunt, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 10:

    Hercules cum ut Eurysthei filios, ita suos configebat sagittis,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Leg. 2, 2, 5. —
    (β).
    Ut... ita, although... yet:

    ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse quis non videt?

    Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:

    haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,

    Liv. 3, 55, 15; cf.;

    pleraque Alpium sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    id. 21, 35, 11. —
    (γ).
    Ita ut, just as:

    ita ut occoepi dicere,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 24; id. Trin. 4, 2, 52:

    ita ut antea demonstravimus,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 76; Cato, R. R. 144, 2.—
    3.
    In oaths, emphatic wishes, solemn assertions, etc., expressed by a comparison:

    ita ille faxit Juppiter,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 1, 51: ita me di ament, non nil timeo, i.e. may they so love me as it is true that, etc., Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 1; 3, 2, 21:

    ita sim felix,

    Prop. 1, 7, 3:

    sollicitat, ita vivam, me tua valetudo,

    Cic. Fam. 16, 20, 1; Verg. A. 9, 208; so, followed by ut, with indic.:

    ita mihi salvā re publicā vobiscum perfrui liceat, ut ego non moveor, etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 11:

    ita me Venus amet, ut ego te numquam sinam, etc.,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 52:

    ita me amabit sancta Saturitas, itaque suo me condecoret cognomine, ut ego vidi,

    id. Capt. 4, 2, 97; by ut, with subj., adding a second wish:

    nam tecum esse, ita mihi omnia quae opto contingant, ut vehementer velim,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 21, 1; for which the abl. absol.: ita incolumi Caesare moriar, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B, 3; for the subj. with ita, the fut. indic.:

    ita te amabit Juppiter, ut tu nescis?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 31; id. Merc. 4, 4, 22.—
    B.
    To denote a kind or quality, so, such, of this nature, of this kind:

    nam ita est ingenium muliebre,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 5, 3:

    ita est amor: balista ut jacitur,

    id. Trin. 3, 2, 42:

    ita sunt res nostrae,

    Cic. Att. 4, 1, 8:

    ita sunt Persarum mores,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 2, 25:

    si ita sum, non tam est admirandum regem esse me,

    Cic. Sull. 7, 22; id. Dom. 27, 71:

    ita inquam = hoc dico,

    id. Phil. 14, 5, 12.—
    C.
    To denote an expected or natural consequence, so, thus, accordingly, under these circumstances, in this manner, therefore:

    ita praetorium missum,

    Liv. 21, 54, 3:

    ita Jovis illud sacerdotium per hanc rationem Theomnasto datur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 51 fin.; esp.: ita fit, thus it comes to pass, hence it follows:

    ita fit ut animus de se ipse tum judicet, cum id ipsum, quo judicatur, aegrotet,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 1, 1; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; 1, 45, 160:

    ita fit ut deus ille nusquam prorsus appareat,

    id. N. D. 1, 14, 37; id. Leg. 1, 15, 42; so in an inference, therefore: et deus vester nihil agens; expers virtutis igitur;

    ita ne beatus quidem,

    id. N. D. 1, 40, 110; Suet. Caes. 60; so,

    itaque (= et ita), crassum (caelum) Thebis, itaque pingues Thebani,

    Cic. Fat. 4, 7; id. N. D. 3, 17, 44.—
    D.
    Introducing a limitation or restriction, on the condition, on the assumption, in so far, to such an extent, only in so far, etc., commonly followed by ut:

    et tamen ita probanda est mansuetudo, ut adhibeatur rei publicae causa severitas,

    Cic. Off. 1, 25, 88:

    pax ita convenerat, ut Etruscis Latinisque fluvius Albula finis esset,

    Liv. 1, 3; 24, 29 fin.:

    sed ante omnia ita vos irae indulgere oportet, ut potiorem irā salutem habeatis,

    id. 23, 3; so with tamen:

    longiorem dicturis periodum colligendus est spiritus, ita tamen ut id neque diu neque cum sono faciamus,

    Quint. 11, 3, 53:

    haec ita praetereamus, ut tamen intuentes ac respectantes relinquamus,

    Cic. Sest. 5, 13. —
    E.
    To denote degree, so, to such a degree, so very, so much:

    quod quid ita placuerit iis, non video,

    Quint. 9, 4, 10:

    hoc tibi ita mando, ut dubitem an etiam te rogem, ut pugnes ne intercaletur,

    Cic. Att. 5, 9, 2:

    ita fugavit Samnites, ut, etc.,

    Liv. 8, 36; esp. with adjj.:

    judices ita fortes tamen fuerunt, ut... vel perire maluerint, quam,

    Cic. Att. 1, 16, 5:

    ita sordidus ut se Non umquam servo melius vestiret,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 96:

    ita sunt omnia debilitata,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 5, 2; so with negatives: non (haud, nec, etc.) ita, not very, not especially:

    non ita magna mercede,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 3:

    non ita lato interjecto mari,

    id. Or. 8, 25:

    non ita antiqua,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109:

    accessione utuntur non ita probabili,

    id. Fin. 2, 13, 42:

    haec nunc enucleare non ita necesse est,

    id. Tusc. 5, 8, 23:

    non ita multum provectus,

    id. Phil. 1, 3, 7:

    post, neque ita multo,

    Nep. Cim. 3, 4; id. Pel. 2, 4; id. Phoc. 2, 5.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ita

  • 70 ὑπερβολή

    A a throwing beyond others,

    δίσκων ὑπερβολαῖς Philostr.Im.2.19

    : in intr. sense, altitude of a star, Arist. Mete. 342b32.
    2 overshooting, superiority,

    χερῶν ὑπερβολαῖς E.Fr. 434

    ;

    στρατιᾶς Th.6.31

    .
    3 excess,

    τοῦ μεγέθεος Archyt.1

    ; opp. ἔλλειψις or ἔνδεια, Pl.Prt. 356a, 357a, 357b;

    θερμασίης Hp.Vict.2.65

    ;

    ὑ. δισσὴ.., τῷ ποσῷ καὶ τῷ ποιῷ Arist.PA 668b14

    ; ὑπερβολὴν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἔχειν c. acc. et inf., And.3.33, etc.: hence in various phrases, χρημάτων ὑπερβολῇ.. πρίασθαι at an extravagant price, E.Med. 232; ἐπέφερον τὴν ὑ. τοῦ καινοῦσθαι pushed on their extravagance in revolutionizing, Th.3.82; οὐκ ἔχον ἐστὶν ὑπερβολήν it can go no further, D.21.119, cf. 25.54;

    ἃ μηδὲ πιθανὰς τὰς ὑ. ἔχει Men.Her.62

    ; so οὐδεμίαν or μηδεμίαν ὑ. λείπειν, Isoc.4.5,110, cf. D.3.25;

    οὐδεμίαν ὑ. καταλείπων φιλοτιμίας SIG545.13

     (Delph., iii B. C.); εἴ τις ὑ. τούτου if there is aught beyond (worse than) this, D.19.66, cf. Isoc.5.42; ταῦτ' οὐχ ὑ.; is not this the extreme, the last degree? D.27.38; ὑπερβολὴν ποιήσομαι I will put an extreme case, Id.19.332; τοσαύτην ὑ. ποιεῖσθαι ὥστε .. to go so far that.., Id.18.190: folld. by a gen., ὑ. ποιεῖσθαι ἐκείνων τῆς αὑτοῦ βδελυρίας to carry his own rascality beyond theirs, Id.22.52, cf. 23.201, And.4.22, Lys.14.38; ὑ. ποιεῖν τῆς τιμῆς to raise the price, Arist.Pol. 1259a26;

    εἰς ὑ. εὐδαιμονίας ἥκειν Isoc.11.14

    ;

    τοσαύτας ὑ. δωρειῶν παρές χηται D.20.141

    ; ὑ. ἀνοίας ἔχειν Polystr.p.27 W.
    4 with Prep. in Adverbial phrases, = ὑπερβαλλόντως, εἰς ὑπερβολήν in excess, exceedingly;

    εἰς ὑ. ἄμεινον E.Fr. 494

    ;

    ἀγαθὸς εἰς ὑ. Antiph.80.11

    ;

    ἐς ὑ. ἐκθερμαίνεσθαι Hp.Vict.2.65

    : c. gen.,

    κτήσαιτ' ἂν ὄλβον εἰς ὑ. πατρός E.Fr.282.6

     (v.l. εἰς ὑπεκτροφὴν πάτρας); far beyond, τοῦ πρόσθεν εἰς ὑ. πανοῦργος, i. e. far more wicked, Id.Hipp. 939, cf. D.61.33;

    ἀναλίσκειν πάντα εἰς ὑπερβολάς Pl.Ep. 326d

    :—

    ἐξ ὑπερβολῆς Plb.8.15.8

    :— καθ' ὑπερβολὰν τοξεύσας with surpassing aim, S.OT 1196 (lyr.);

    καθ' ὑ. ἐπαινεῖν

     extravagantly,

    Isoc. 5.11

    ; οἱ καθ' ὑ. ἐν ἐνδείᾳ ὄντες in extremity of need, Arist.Pol. 1295b18;

    αἱ καθ' ὑ. ἡδοναί Id.EN 1151a12

    ;

    τὸ καθ' ὑ. τραχύ Phld.Po.Herc. 994.35

    ;

    καθ' ὑ. ἁμαρτωλός Ep.Rom.7.13

    : c. gen.,

    καθ' ὑ. φιλοδοξίας OGI472.9

     (Didyma, i A. D.):—so in dat.,

    εὐτελὴς ὑπερβολῇ Men.615

    ;

    παχεῖ' ὑ. Philem.41

    ;

    ὑ. ἀγαθός Arist.HA 625a29

    , etc.
    5 preeminence, perfection, without any notion of excess,

    δι' ἀρετῆς ὑπερβολήν Id.EN 1145a24

    , cf. Rh. 1367b1, Pol. 1284a4; ἡ ὑ. τῆς φιλίας the best and noblest kind of friendship, Id.EN 1166b1; but ἡ καθ' ὑ. φιλία, = ἡ καθ' ὑπεροχήν, Id.EE 1238b18.
    6 overstrained phrase, hyperbole,

    ὑπερβολὰς εἰπεῖν Isoc.4.88

    ; οἱ πρὸς ὑπερβολὴν πεπονημένοι λόγοι ib.11; ὑπερβολὰς εἰπεῖν make strong statements, Id.3.35, D. 27.64; as a figure of speech, Arist.Rh. 1413a29, Demetr.Eloc.52, Str.3.2.9;

    πρὸς -ὴν εἰρημένος Id.1.2.33

    .
    7 τὸ καθ' ὑπερβολήν the superlative degree, in Adjectives, Arist.Top. 134b24; τιθέναι ὑπερβολῇ ib. 139a9;

    καθ' ὑ. εἰπεῖν Id.Cael. 281a16

    .
    8 overbid at auction, PPetr.2p.44 (iii B. C.).
    II crossing over, passage of mountains, etc., X.An.1.2.25, Plb.3.34.6, etc.
    2 in sg. or pl., place of passage, mountain-pass, with or without τοῦ ὄρους, τῶν ὀρέων, X. An.3.5.18, 4.1.21, 4.4.18; ὑ. τοῦ Ταύρου Wilcken Chr. 1 ii 14 (iii B. C.);

    αἱ τῶν Ἄλπεων ὑ. Plb.3.39.10

    ;

    αἱ Ἄλπιαι ὑ. Str.7.1.5

    ;

    ἡ κατὰ τὸν Αἷμον ὑ. D.S.19.73

    .
    III (from [voice] Med.) delay,

    τοῦ κακοῦ Hdt.8.112

    , cf. Decr. ap. D.18.29, Plb.14.9.8;

    [τῆς κρίσεως] ὑ. λαβούσης PEnteux.65.3

     (iii B. C.).
    IV the conic section called hyperbola, because the square of the ordinate is equal to a rectangle with height equal to the abscissa applied to the parameter (as base) but exceeding ([etym.] ὑπερβάλλον), i. e. overlapping, that base, Apollon. Perg.Con.1.12, Procl. in Euc.p.419F.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπερβολή

  • 71 hədd

    1) boundary; limit
    həddən ziyadə – beyond measure
    həddini bilmək – know one's place
    həddini bilməmək – be above oneself, presume
    həddi keçmək / aşmaq – pass the bounds
    həddi yoxdur – there is no limit
    2) degree, extent
    müəyyən həddə qədər – to a certain degree
    həddsiz – unbounded, unlimited; innumerable (sayca)

    Məktəblilər üçün Azərbaycanca-İngiliscə lüğət > hədd

  • 72 возможность

    сущ.
    По сравнению с русским нейтральным существительным возможность его английские эквиваленты указывают на степень достижимости и на наличие средств для претворения этой потенциальной возможности в жизнь.
    1. possibility — возможность, вероятность (то, что может произойти или вероятно произойдет): possibility of success (of failure) — возможность удачи (провала/неудачи); within the range (the bounds) of possibility — в пределах возможного; a degree of possibility — степень вероятности His victory in the contest must be regarded as a possibility. — Его победу в конкурсе следует рассматривать, как одну из возможностей./Возможно он победит в конкурсе. In this case one can't foresee all the possibilities. — В этом случае нельзя предвидеть все возможности. We could not ignore the possibility of an enemy attack. — Нельзя пренебрегать возможностью нападения противника./Нельзя не учитывать, что противник может предпринять атаку.
    2. opportunity — возможность, удобный случай, благоприятная возможность (перспектива, подчеркивающая высокую степень претворения потенциальной возможности в жизнь): a golden opportunity — прекрасная возможность; great opportunities — хорошие возможности/большие перспективы; a favourable (splendid, excellent, unique, rare) opportunity — благоприятная (блестящая, прекрасная, единственная в своем роде, редкая) возможность; commercial opportunities — коммерческие возможности/коммерческие перспективы; trade (education, employment, job/business) opportunities — перспективы развития торговли (образования, занятости, обеспечения работой); learning opportunities — возможности обучения; equal opportunities — равные возможности; an opportunity for travelling — возможность путешествовать; at the earliest opportunity that offers (turns up) — как только представится (подвернется) малейшая возможность; at every opportunity — при каждом удобном случае; at the first opportunity — при первом удобном случае; to have no/little/not any opportunity — не иметь возможности/иметь мало возможностей/не иметь никакой возможности; to take the opportunity — воспользоваться удобным случаем; to lose/to miss an opportunity — упустить удобный случай/упустить удобную возможность; to have an opportunity to do/of doing smth — иметь возможность что-либо сделать; to give (to offer) smb equal opportunities — дать (предоставить) кому-либо равные возможности; to catch a good opportunity — воспользоваться хорошей возможностью; to appreciate this opportunity — ценить эту возможность; to use/to seize every opportunity to do smth — использовать каждую возможность что-либо сделать/воспользоваться любой возможностью что-либо сделать; to watch one's opportunity/to wait for one's opportunity — выжидать удобного случая; to gel an opportunity — получить какую-либо возможность If the opportunity offers itself. — Если представится благоприятная возможность. Don't let the opportunity slip (pass/go by). — He упускай эту возможность./Не упускай такой удобный случай. Не was denied college opportunities. — Ему было отказано в возможности учиться в колледже./Он был лишен возможности учиться в колледже. I haven't much opportunity to see him. — Мне редко предоставляется возможность повидать его. Существительное opportunity вызывает ассоциации с доступом, возможностью проникнуть или войти в здание, эта же вероятность/невозможность возникает при использовании ряда слов с переносным значением: This opened the door to a new way of life. — Это открыло двери для нового образа жизни. Не was only on the threshold of a new career. Он только стоял на пороге новой карьеры. Having a degree is unlocking many opportunities. — Наличие ученой степени открывает путь ко многим возможностям. What would you say is the key to success? — В чем по-твоему ключ к успеху? The company had several openings for trainees. — Компания может предоставить ряд возможностей практикантам. Not everyone has an access to higher education. — He у всех есть доступ к получению высшего образования./Нс у всех есть возможность получить высшее образование. I felt I had got the job by the back door. — Я чувствовал, что получил эту работу по блату. We operate an open-door policy. — Мы проводим политику открытых дверей./Мы проводим политику открытых (для всех) возможностей. Opportunity came knocking. — В дверь стучится благоприятная возможность./Благоприятная возможность лежала у (моих) дверей./Благоприятная возможность лежала у моих ног./Благоприятная возможность сама шла в руки. She felt that all doors were barred/bolted/closed against her. — Она чувствовала, что для нее все двери были закрыты. Age is no barrier to success. — Возраст успеху не помеха.
    3. means — возможности, материальные средства ( главным образом доход и деньги): We are asked to contribute according to our means. — К нам обращаются с просьбой помочь, кто сколько может./К нам обращаются с просьбой пожертвовать (деньги) в соответствии с нашими возможностями. The car is certainly beyond their means. — Такая машина безусловно им не по средствам. This is the only means to achieve results. — Это единственная возможность достигнуть желаемых результатов. Testing is the only means for checking a student's progress. — Тестирование — единственная возможность установить каких успехов достигли студенты.
    4. resources — возможности, ресурсы, средства (опыт, знания, навыки, духовные силы): Не had to use all his resources to escape alive. — Он должен был использовать все свои возможности (свой опыт и знания), чтобы остаться в живых. Не made the most of his resources. — Он до конца исчерпал свои возможности./Он использовал все средства. You will have to fall on your own inner resources. — Вам придется опираться на свои внутренние силы./Вам придется использовать свои внутренние ресурсы. They seem to have come to an end of their inner resources. — Они, кажется, исчерпали все свои духовные силы.
    5. chance — возможность, шанс, риск (возможность чего-либо, что может произойти, но что мало вероятно, на что мало надежд): our only chance — наш единственный шанс/наша единственная возможность; one chance in a thousand — один шанс на тысячу; to take chances — рисковать What are her chances to survive? — Каковы у нее шансы выжить? There is no chance of his accepting our offer. — Надежд на то, что он примет наше предложение нет. There is always a chance that something may go wrong. — Всегда остается вероятность того, что что-либо сорвется. Is there any chance of his lending me the money? — Возможно ли, что он даст мне взаймы?/Есть хоть какая-нибудь надежда на то, что он даст Мне взаймы нужную сумму денег? I have lost so many times, that this time 1 can't take chances. — Я столько проигрывал, что на сей раз не могу рисковать. The горе might break, but we must try, it is our last chance to get across. — Канат может не выдержать/порваться, но мы должны попытаться, это наш последний шанс перебраться на ту сторону. Не hoped that next time he would get/have a better chance to win. — Он надеялся, что в следующий раз у него будет больше возможностей/шансов победить. Let him take another chance. — Дай ему еще один шанс/Пусть он использует еще одну возможность.

    Русско-английский объяснительный словарь > возможность

  • 73 πύρωσις

    πύρωσις, εως, ἡ (πυρόω; Aristot., Theophr. et al.; PGM 2, 110; Am 4:9; TestSol 18:29 P; TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 116, 2)
    ① process of burning, burning (Jos., Ant. 1, 203) lit. in pass. sense τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώσεως αὐτῆς Rv 18:9, 18.
    ② an intense degree of some painful occurrence or experience, burning ordeal fig. ext. of 1 ἡ π. τῆς δοκιμασίας the fiery test D 16:5. π. πρὸς πειρασμὸν γινομένη fiery ordeal to test you 1 Pt 4:12 (cp. the πύρωσις for testing metals Pr 27:21). In this sense the focus is on degree of intensity of the trial, but a component of suffering is indicated by the context, and some would prefer to render: severe suffering.—DELG s.v. πύρ. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πύρωσις

  • 74 πᾶς

    πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν gen. παντός, πάσης, παντός (dat. pl. πᾶσι and πᾶσιν vary considerably in the mss.; s. W-S. §5, 28; cp. Rob. 219–21; on the use of the art. s. B-D-F §275) (Hom. +).
    ① pert. to totality with focus on its individual components, each, every, any
    ⓐ adj., used w. a noun without the art.
    α. in the sing. emphasizing the individual members of the class denoted by the noun every, each, any, scarcely different in mng. fr. the pl. ‘all’: πᾶν δένδρον Mt 3:10; Lk 3:9. πᾶσα φυτεία Mt 15:13. πᾶσα φάραγξ, πᾶν ὄρος Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4). πᾶς τόπος 4:37. πᾶς ἄνθρωπος J 1:9; 2:10; Ro 3:4 (Ps 115:2); Gal 5:3; Col 1:28abd; Js 1:19. πᾶσα γυνή GJs 11:2. πᾶν ἔθνος Ac 17:26a. πᾶσα ψυχή (Pla., Phdr. 249e) 2:43; 3:23 (cp. Lev 23:29); Ro 2:9; Jd 15. πᾶσα ἡμέρα Ac 5:42; 17:17. πᾶν σάββατον 18:4. πᾶσα ἀρχὴ καὶ πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 Cor 15:24 (cp. Just., D. 111, 2 οὗ τὸ ὄνομα πᾶσα ἀρχὴ δέδιεν). πᾶσα συνείδησις 2 Cor 4:2. πᾶς ἅγιος Phil 4:21. πᾶς οἶκος Hb 3:4 (GJs 7:3). πᾶσα ἀντιλογία 7:7. πᾶσα παιδεία all discipline 12:11. πᾶς ὀφθαλμός Rv 1:7a. πᾶν κτίσμα 5:13a.—Mt 23:35; Lk 2:23 (Ex 13:2); 4:13; 21:36; 2 Th 2:4 (Da 11:36). πᾶσα κτίσις every creature Col 1:15; ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει to every creature vs. 23. πᾶσα γραφή 2 Ti 3:16 (s. γραφή 2a).—πᾶσα σάρξ (כָּל־בָּשָׂר; used in the OT, also En 1:9; TestGad 7:2; GrBar 4:10; but not in EpArist, Philo, nor Joseph.) all flesh Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); AcPlCor 2:6 and 16 (s. also 3b below). Mostly w. a neg. (so also En 14:21; 17:6) οὐ (or μή) … πᾶσα σάρξ no flesh = no one Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20; 1 Cor 1:29; Gal 2:16 (cp. GrBar 8:7 οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα πνοή). Other sim. neg. expressions are also Hebraistic (s. B-D-F §302, 1; Mlt-H. 433f) οὐ … πᾶν ῥῆμα not a thing, nothing Lk 1:37 (cp. PRyl 113, 12f [133 A.D.] μὴ … πᾶν πρᾶγμα). οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινόν I have never eaten anything common Ac 10:14. Cp. Rv 7:1, 16; 9:4; 21:27. Also in reverse order, πᾶς … οὐ or μή (Ex 12:16; Sir 8:19; 10:6, but s. also GLee, ET 63, ’51f, 156) 18:22; Eph 4:29; 5:5; 2 Pt 1:20; 1J 2:21; 3:15b.—Only rarely is a ptc. used w. πᾶς in this way: παντὸς ἀκούοντος when anyone hears Mt 13:19. παντὶ ὀφείλοντι Lk 11:4 (Mlt-Turner 196f).
    β. w. a noun in the pl., without the art. πάντες ἄνθρωποι all people/men, everyone (Lysias 12, 60; Andoc. 3, 25; X., Cyr. 7, 5, 52, Mem. 4, 4, 19; Demosth. 8, 5; 18, 72) Ac 22:15; Ro 5:12a, 18ab; 12:17, 18; 1 Cor 7:7; 15:19; 2 Cor 3:2; Phil 4:5; 1 Th 2:15; 1 Ti 2:4; 4:10; Tit 2:11. πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ Hb 1:6 (Dt 32:43; cp. Demosth. 18, 294 πάντες θεοί).
    ⓑ adj. used with a noun or ptc. with the art.
    α. in the sing. Oft. πᾶς ὁ, πάσα ἡ, πᾶν τό is used w. a ptc. (B-D-F §413, 2 and 3) every one who, whoever πᾶς ὁ (Soph., Aj. 152; Demosth. 23, 97; Sir 22:2, 26; 1 Macc 1:52; 2:27) πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος Mt 5:22. Cp. vss. 28, 32; 7:8, 26 (=πᾶς ὅστις vs. 24; s. below); Lk 6:47; 11:10; 14:11; 16:18; 18:14; 19:26; J 3:8, 15f, 20; 4:13; 6:40; 8:34; 18:37; Ac 10:43b; 13:39; Ro 2:1, 10; 10:4, 11; 1 Cor 9:25; Gal 3:13; 2 Ti 2:19; Hb 5:13; 1J 2:23, 29 al.; 2J 9; Rv 22:18.—πᾶν τό everything that (1 Macc 10:41): πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον Mt 15:17; Mk 7:18. πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:34. πᾶν τὸ πωλούμενον 1 Cor 10:25; cp. vs. 27. πᾶν τὸ φανερούμενον Eph 5:14. πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον 1J 5:4.—An equivalent of this expr. is πᾶς ὅς (or ὅστις), πᾶν ὅ every one who, whatever (s. above and s. B-D-F §293, 1; 413, 2; Rob. 727; 957), masc.: Mt 7:24; 10:32; 19:29; Lk 12:8, 10 (RHolst, ZNW 63, ’72, 122–24), 48; 14:33; Ac 2:21 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἐάν, s. Jo 2:32); Ro 10:13 (πᾶς ὸ̔ς ἄν, s. Jo 3:5); Gal 3:10. Neut. (Jdth 12:14.—Jos., Ant. 5, 211 πᾶν ὅ = πάντες οἱ): J 6:37, 39; 17:2b; Ro 14:23; Col 3:17 (πᾶν ὅ τι ἐάν).
    β. w. a noun in the pl., w. the art. all
    א. w. substantives: πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί Mt 1:17; Lk 1:48; Eph 3:21; GJs 6:2 al. πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Mt 2:4. Cp. vs. 16; 4:8; 11:13; Mk 4:13, 31f; 6:33; Lk 1:6; 2:51; 6:26; J 18:20; Ac 1:18; 3:18; 10:12, 43a; 14:16; Ro 1:5; 15:11 (Ps 116:1); 16:4; 1 Cor 12:26ab; 2 Cor 8:18; 11:28; Eph 4:10; 6:16b; Col 2:13; 1 Ti 6:10; Hb 4:4 (Gen 2:2 and 3); 9:21; Js 1:8; Rv 1:7b; 7:11; 15:4 al.—Used w. a demonstr. pron.: πᾶσαι αἱ παρθένοι ἐκεῖναι Mt 25:7. πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 26:1. πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα Lk 1:65; 2:19.—Somet. following the noun: τὰς πόλεις πάσας Mt 9:35; Ac 8:40. οἱ μαθηταὶ πάντες the disciples, one and all Mt 26:56. αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι Ac 16:26a. Cp. Ro 16:16; 1 Cor 7:17; 13:2a; 15:7; 16:20; 1 Th 5:26; 2 Ti 4:21; Rv 8:3. οἱ Ἱεροσολυμῖται πάντες Mk 1:5.—On the position of ἐκεῖνος, ἕνεκα, πᾶς s. NTurner, VetusT 5, ’55, 208–13.
    ב. w. participles πάντες οἱ: πάντες οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες Mt 4:24. πάντες οἱ κοπιῶντες 11:28; cp. 21:12; 26:52; Lk 1:66; 2:47; 13:17; Ac 1:19; 2:44; 4:16; 5:5, 11; 6:15; 9:14; 28:30; Ro 1:7; 4:11; 1 Cor 1:2; Eph 6:24; 1 Th 1:7; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 3:12; 4:8; Hb 5:9; 13:24; 2J 1; Rv 13:8; 18:24. Following the ptc. οἱ κατοικοῦντες πάντες Ac 2:14. ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν 20:32.—πάντα τά: πάντα τὰ γενόμενα Mt 18:31. πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα 24:47; Lk 12:44; 1 Cor 13:3. Cp. Lk 17:10; 18:31; 21:36; J 18:4; Ac 10:33b. Used w. a demonstr. pron.: περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων Lk 24:14. Following: τὰ γινόμενα πάντα 9:7.
    ג. w. prepositional expressions, w. which ὄντες (ὄντα) is to be supplied (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 24 [Stone p. 10] πάντα τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] πάντες σου οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις): πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Mt 5:15; Ac 16:32. πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ Lk 5:9. πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις J 5:28. πάντες οἱ εἰς μακράν Ac 2:39. Cp. 5:17. πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:6. Cp. 2 Ti 1:15; 1 Pt 5:14. πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς Ac 4:24; 14:15 (Ex 20:11); cp. 17:24. Following: οἱ μετʼ ἐμοῦ πάντες Tit 3:15a (πάντες οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ JosAs 27:7).
    ⓒ π. used w. pronouns
    α. w. personal pronouns: πάντες ἡμεῖς we all Ac 2:32; 10:33a; 26:14; 28:2; Ro 4:16b. πάντες ὑμεῖς Mt 23:8; 26:31; Lk 9:48; Ac 4:10a; 22:3; Ro 1:8; 15:33; 2 Cor 7:15; Gal 3:28; Phil 1:4, 7ab, 8; 1 Th 1:2; 2 Th 3:16c, 18; Tit 3:15b; Hb 13:25. πάντες αὐτοί Ac 4:33; 19:17b; 20:36. Following the pron.: ἡμεῖς πάντες J 1:16; Ro 8:32a; 2 Cor 3:18; Eph 2:3. ὑμεῖς πάντες Ac 20:25. αὐτοὶ πάντες Mt 12:15; 1 Cor 15:10. W. art. οἱ πάντες ἡμεῖς 2 Cor 5:10.
    β. w. a demonstr. pron.: πάντες οὗτοι these all, all these Ac 2:7 v.l. Mostly following the pron.: οὗτοι πάντες 1:14; 17:7; Hb 11:13, 39. πάντα ταῦτα Mt 6:32; 24:8; Lk 7:18; Ac 24:8; 1 Cor 12:11; Col 3:14; 1 Th 4:6; Hm 5, 2, 5 cj. Joly. ταῦτα πάντα Mt 4:9; 6:33; 13:34, 51; Lk 12:30; Ac 7:50; Ro 8:37; 2 Pt 3:11.
    γ. πάντες ὅσοι, πάντα ὅσα all who, everything that, masc.: Lk 4:40 v.l. (for ἅπαντες); J 10:8. Neut. (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 17 [Stone p. 20]; TestJob 4:2; GrBar 7:2; Philo, Aet. M. 15; 28; Jos., Ant. 8, 242; Just., A I, 44, 9) Mt 7:12; 13:46; 18:25; 21:22; Mk 11:24; 12:44b; Lk 18:12, 22; J 10:41. πάντες, ὸ̔ς ἄν Hs 7:7.
    ⓓ subst.
    α. πάντες, πᾶσαι all, everyone (even when only two are involved = both: Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 27 §105 [Caesar and Pompey]) Mt 10:22; 14:20; 15:37; 21:26; 26:27; Mk 1:37; 5:20; Lk 1:63 and oft. πάντες ἥμαρτον Ro 5:12 (on the sinfulness of πάντες cp. the saying of Bias s.v. πολύς 1aβא; FDanker, Ro 5:12, Sin under Law, NTS 14, ’68, 430, n. 1).—οὐ πάντες not everyone Mt 19:11. Cp. J 13:10; Ro 10:16.—πάντων as partitive and comparative gen. ὕστερον πάντων last of all Mt 22:27; cp. Mk 12:22, 43. Even in ref. to a fem. (Thu. 4, 52, 3; Aristoph., Av. 472) ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων Mk 12:28 (but s. B-D-F §164, 1).
    β. πάντα all things, everything. Abs. (Chrysippus in Stob., Ecl. 1, 1, 26 p. 31 W.; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6; M. Ant. 4, 23; Ael. Aristid. 43, 9 K.=1 p. 3 D.: ἀρχὴ ἁπάντων Ζεύς τε καὶ ἐκ Διὸς πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; Hymn to Selene in PGM 4, 2838f ἐκ σέο γὰρ πάντʼ ἐστὶ καὶ εἰς σʼ, αἰώνιε, πάντα τελευτᾷ [s. 4dβ]; PGM 5, 139; PKöln VI, 245, 16 of Athena [s. ed.’s comments]) Mt 11:27 = Lk 10:22 (s. the lit. on this pass. s.v. υἱός 2dβ. The word πάντα here is variously understood of authority and power [so ASchlatter (Mt), FBüchsel (TW II 173) et al.] or of knowledge and teaching: ENorden [Agn. Th. 288], TZahn [Mt], Grundmann [Lk] et al.; also JFitzmyer: “the knowledge of the mutual relation of himself and God” [AB Comm. Luke II 874]. IMarshall [Lk] follows BReicke [TW V 993 n. 289] and opts for both power and knowledge); J 1:3; 3:35; 21:17; 1 Cor 2:10; 15:27a (Ps 8:7), b, 28cd (πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν w. a somewhat different coloring: Dio Chrys. 54 [71], 1); Eph 1:22a (Ps 8:7); Rv 21:5. Here we may class ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων θεός (cp. Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 10; 13, 12, 4 ἐπὶ πάντων εἶναι τ. θεόν; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 23 τῷ ἐπὶ πᾶσι θεῷ) God, who rules over all Ro 9:5 (θεός 2). ὁ πάντων δεσπότης GJs 20:3 (codd.); cp. 11:2.—Of a ‘whole’ that is implied fr. the context: πάντα ἀποδώσω σοι Mt 18:26. Cp. 22:4; Mk 4:34; Lk 1:3; Ro 8:28 (s. Black s.v. συνεργέω); 2 Cor 6:10; Gal 4:1; Phil 2:14; 1 Th 5:21; 2 Ti 2:10; Tit 1:15; 1J 2:27; GJs 18:3 codd. πάντα ὑμῶν ἐστιν everything is yours, belongs to you 1 Cor 3:21, cp. 22 (Plut., Cic. 873 [25, 4] πάντα τοῦ σοφοῦ εἶναι; Diog. L. 6, 72). πάντα ὑμῶν everything you do 16:14. πρῶτον πάντων 1 Ti 2:1. πάντα four times as anaphora (rhetorical repetition) 1 Cor 13:7 (cp. Libanius, Or. 3 p. 275, 4 πάντα φθεγγόμενοι, πάντα ἐργαζόμενοι, πάντα χαριζόμενοι).—The acc. of specification stands almost in the sense of an adv. (B-D-F §154; Rob. 487) πάντα in all respects, in every way, altogether (Hom. et al.; Aelian, VH 12, 25; Jos., Ant. 9, 166; SibOr 3, 205; Ath. 35, 2) Ac 20:35 (perh. always, as Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 22 p. 590); 1 Cor 9:25b. πάντα πᾶσιν ἀρέσκω (s. ἀρέσκω 2a) 10:33; 11:2. Cp. KGrobel, JBL 66, ’47, 366 and s. τὰ πάντα in 4dβ below.—W. a prep.: εἰς πάντα in all respects, in every way (Pla., Charm. 6, 158a, Leg. 5, 738a; Appian, Iber. 17 §64, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385; BGU 798, 7) 2 Cor 2:9. ἐν πᾶσιν in all respects, in every way (PGiss 69, 8; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 112 §467 [here ἐν ἅπασιν=in all respects]; Just., D. 80, 1 ἀσφαλὴς ἐν πᾶσι); 1 Ti 3:11; 2 Ti 2:7; 4:5; Tit 2:9, 10b; Hb 13:4, 18; 1 Pt 4:11. Perh. also Eph 1:23b. ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις in (or besides) all this (Sir 48:15; Job 2:10; 12:9; cp. Plut., Mor. 98f) Lk 16:26. κατὰ πάντα, s. κατά B 6. περὶ πάντων in every way (Mitt-Wilck I/2, 6, 9; SibOr 1, 198) 3J 2. πρὸ πάντων above all, especially (PRein 18, 27 [II B.C.]; BGU 811, 3; PAmh 135, 2; Just., D. 7, 3) Js 5:12; 1 Pt 4:8.
    ② any entity out of a totality, any and every, every
    ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the article every, any and every, just any, any at all μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε do not believe just any spirit 1J 4:1. περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας Eph 4:14. περὶ παντὸς πράγματος about anything Mt 18:19. κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any reason at all 19:3. Cp. 4:4=Lk 4:4 v.l. (Dt 8:3); Mt 12:31; 2 Cor 1:4b (on ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν vs. 4a see 3b below).
    ⓑ as subst. without the art.
    α. πᾶς everyone without exception Lk 16:16.
    β. πᾶν, w. prep.: διὰ παντός s. διά A 2a. ἐν παντί in every respect or way, in everything (Pla., Symp. 194a; X., Hell. 5, 4, 29; SIG 1169, 27; Sir 18:27; 4 Macc 8:3; GrBar 9:8) πλουτίζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:5; 2 Cor 9:11. Cp. 2 Cor 4:8; 7:5, 11, 16; 8:7; 9:8b; 11:6a, 9; Eph 5:24; Phil 4:6; 1 Th 5:18.
    ③ marker of the highest degree of someth., all
    ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing. without the art. full, greatest, all (Pla., Rep. 9, 575a; Demosth. 18, 279 al.; ins, freq. in accolades; pap.: New Docs 8 p. 62, 10 μετὰ πάσης πίστεως καὶ ἐπιμελείας ‘with all fidelity and care’; LXX; Tat. 39, 1 μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας) μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης Ac 4:29. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ 5:23. πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ in all good conscience 23:1. Cp. 17:11; 24:3; 2 Cor 9:8b; 12:12; Eph 4:2. ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει with the greatest perseverance 6:18c. Cp. Phil 1:20; 2:29; Col 1:11ab; 1 Ti 2:2b, 11; 3:4; 4:9; 5:2; Tit 2:15; Js 1:2; 2 Pt 1:5; Jd 3 al. ὑπομένειν πᾶσαν ὑπομονήν practice patient endurance to the limit Pol 9:1.
    ⓑ in related vein as adj. with noun in the sing. w. the art. all ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν in all our trouble 2 Cor 1:4a (on ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει vs. 4b s. 2a above); 7:4; 1 Th 3:7. ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν in all remembrance of you Phil 1:3. πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν all your care 1 Pt 5:7. τὸν πάντα χρόνον AcPlCor 2:4; τὴν πᾶσαν σάρκα 2:11 (cp. 1aα).
    ④ pert. to a high degree of completeness or wholeness, whole
    ⓐ as adj. w. a noun in the sing., without the art. all, the whole before proper names, mostly geographic (X., Hell. 4, 8, 28 προστάται πάσης Λέσβου ἔσονται al.; LXX) πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα Mt 2:3 (s. Ἱερ.). πᾶς Ἰσραήλ (3 Km 8:65; 11:16; 1 Esdr 1:19; 5:45, 58; Jdth 15:14) Ro 11:26 (s. W-S. §20, 11a and b; Rob. 772). The OT is also the source of πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ (1 Km 7:2, 3) Ac 2:36 and, in subject matter, ἐπὶ παντὸς προσώπου τῆς γῆς 17:26b (but Gen 2:6 has πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, and 7:23; 11:4, 8, 9 ἐπὶ προσώπου [or πρόσωπον] πάσης τῆς γῆς).—Perh. πᾶσα οἰκοδομή Eph 2:21 (s. W-S. §20:11 b; Rob. 772; Mlt-Turner 199f; MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; M. Ant. 6, 36, 1; OGI 383, 86ff).
    ⓑ w. a noun in the sing., w. the art. the whole, all (the). Preceding the noun that has the art.: πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5. πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη the whole herd 8:32. Cp. vs. 34; 13:2; 21:10; 27:25, 45; Mk 2:13; 4:1. πᾶσα ἡ ἀλήθεια 5:33. πᾶσα ἡ κτίσις the whole creation (TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 7 [Stone p. 32]) Mk 16:15; Ro 8:22. Cp. Lk 1:10; 2:1, 10; Ac 3:9, 11; 5:21; 15:12. πᾶς ὁ κόσμος Ro 3:19b; Col 1:6. πᾶν τὸ σπέρμα Ro 4:16. πᾶσα ἡ γῆ 9:17 (Ex 9:16); Lk 4:25. πᾶσα ἡ γνῶσις, πᾶσα ἡ πίστις 1 Cor 13:2bc. πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα Eph 3:19; Col 1:19; 2:9. πᾶν τὸ σῶμα Eph 4:16; Col 2:19. Cp. Hb 9:19bc. W. a demonstrative pron. πᾶς ὁ λαὸς οὗτος all these people Lk 9:13. πᾶσα ἡ ὀφειλὴ ἐκείνη Mt 18:32.—Following the noun that has the article: τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν the whole matter of judgment J 5:22. εἰς τὴν ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν into truth in all its outreach 16:13. τὴν ἐξουσίαν … πᾶσαν Rv 13:12.
    ⓒ πᾶς and πάντες stand attributively betw. art. and noun, when the noun is regarded as a whole, in contrast to its individual parts (cp. Kühner-G. I 632f).
    α. sing. (Thu. 2, 7, 2 ὁ πᾶς ἀριθμόσ=‘the whole number’; 8, 93, 2 τὸ πᾶν πλῆθος; X., Mem. 1, 2, 8 εἰς τὸν πάντα βίον; Pla., Gorg. 470e ἡ πᾶσα εὐδαιμονία; 2 Macc 2:17; 3 Macc 1:29; 6:14; 4 Macc 3:8) ὁ πᾶς νόμος the whole law Gal 5:14. τὸν πάντα χρόνον Ac 20:18.
    β. pl. (X., An. 5, 6, 7 οἱ πάντες ἄνθρωποι; Pla., Theaet. 204a τὰ πάντα μέρη) αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαί all the souls Ac 27:37. οἱ κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντες Ἰουδαῖοι 21:21. οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντες ἅγιοι Ro 16:15. οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ πάντες ἀδελφοί Gal 1:2.—W. numerals (Hdt. 7, 4; Thu. 1, 60, l) οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δώδεκα the whole number of the men was about twelve Ac 19:7.—JBover, Uso del adjetivo singular πᾶς en San Pablo: Biblica 19, ’38, 411–34.
    ⓓ as subst.
    α. οἱ πάντες all (of them) (in contrast to a part) Ro 11:32ab; 1 Cor 9:22 (s. HChadwick, NTS 1, ’55, 261–75); Phil 2:21. (We, they) all Mk 14:64; 1 Cor 10:17; 2 Cor 5:14b. μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες until we all attain Eph 4:13.
    β. τὰ πάντα. In the abs. sense of the whole of creation all things, the universe (Pla., Ep. 6, 323d τῶν πάντων θεός; hymn to Selene in EAbel, Orphica [1885] 294, 36 εἰς σὲ τὰ πάντα τελευτᾶ [s. 1dβ beg.]; Herm. Wr. 13, 17 τ. κτίσαντα τὰ πάντα; JosAs 8:2 ζωοποιήσας τὰ πάντα; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 208, Rer. Div. Her. 36, Somn. 1, 241; Just., A I, 67, 2 τὸν ποιητὴν τῶν πάντων; PGM 1, 212 κύριε τῶν πάντων; 4, 3077) Ro 11:36 (Musaeus: Vorsokr. 2 A 4 [in Diog. L. 1, 3] ἐξ ἑνὸς τὰ πάντα γίνεσθαι καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀναλύεσθαι. Cp. Norden, Agn. Th. 240–50); 1 Cor 8:6ab; 15:28ab; Eph 3:9; 4:10b; Phil 3:21; Col 1:16ab, 17b (HHegermann, D. Vorstellung vom Schöpfungsmittler etc., TU 82, ’61, 88ff); Hb 1:3; 2:10ab; Rv 4:11; 1 Cl 34:2; PtK 2 (four times).—In the relative sense, indicated by the context, everything (Κυπρ. I p. 42 no. 29 τὰς στοὰς καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐταῖς πάντα; PGiss 2, 14 [II B.C.] in a bill: τὰ π.=everything taken together) ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται everything (=all the instruction) is in parables Mk 4:11. Cp. Ac 17:25b; Ro 8:32b. Of everything in heaven and earth that is in need of uniting and redeeming Eph 1:10 (EWalter, Christus u. d. Kosmos [Eph 1:10] ’48); Col 1:20. τὰ πάντα they all (of the members of the body) 1 Cor 12:19. The neut. is also used of persons: Gal 3:22; cp. 1 Ti 6:13 (here including humankind and everything else that possesses life).—As acc. of specification, almost like an adv.: τὰ πάντα in all respects (Appian, Prooem. 6 §23) Eph 4:15 (s. 1dβ).—As a summation of what precedes all this (PCairZen 741, 16; 742, 22; BGU 1509 [all III B.C.]) 2 Cor 4:15; Phil 3:8b; Col 3:8.—Furthermore, πάντες can also have the limited sense nearly all (Xenophon Eph. 2, 13, 4 πάντας ἀπέκτεινεν, ὀλίγους δὲ καὶ ζῶντας ἔλαβε. μόνος δὲ ὁ Ἱππόθοος ἠδυνήθη διαφυγεῖν).—Mlt-Turner 199–201.
    ⑤ everything belonging, in kind, to the class designated by the noun, every kind of, all sorts of, adj. for the words παντοδαπός and παντοῖος, which are lacking in our lit.: πᾶσα νόσος καὶ πᾶσα μαλακία Mt 4:23. γέμουσιν πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας they are full of all kinds of uncleanness 23:27 (Ar. 15, 6). πᾶσα ἐξουσία 28:18. ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους from every kind of nation Ac 2:5. Cp. 7:22; 13:10ab; Ro 1:18, 29. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία (evil) desire of every kind 7:8. ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5b. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα every kind of sin 6:18. Cp. 2 Cor 7:1; 9:8bc; 10:5ab; Eph 1:3, 8, 21a; 4:19; 5:3; Phil 1:9; 2 Th 2:17. πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν Tit 1:16; 3:1. Cp. 2:14; Hb 13:21. πᾶσα δόσις, πᾶν δώρημα Js 1:17 (W-S. §20, 11b). Cp. vs. 21; 1 Pt 2:1ab; Rv 8:7 al.—B. 919. Schmidt, Syn. IV, 540–54, s. ἕκαστος and ὅλος. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πᾶς

  • 75 absolvere

    verb. [ avlegge eksamen] pass an examination verb. [ om høyere eksamen også] take a degree, graduate, pass one's finals verb. US: be graduated

    Norsk-engelsk ordbok > absolvere

  • 76 JAFN

    * * *
    a.
    1) even; jöfn tala, even number;
    2) equal, the same; þínar (viz. ferðir) verða flestar jafnastar, thy doings are mostly the same, all equally bad; hann var ellefu vetra ok sterkr at jöfnum aldri, and strong for his age; jafn e-m, equal to one; jafnt er sem þér sýnist, af er fótrinn, it is just as it appears to thee, the leg is off; komast til jafns við e-n, hafa e-t til jafns við e-n, to equal one, be one’s match in a thing; at jöfnu, equally, in equal shares.
    * * *
    adj., also spelt jamn, f. jöfn, neut. jafnt, often spelt as well as proncd. jamt; compar. jafnari, superl. jafnastr: [Ulf. ibns, Luke vi. 17; A. S. efen; Engl. and Dutch even; old Fr. ivin; O. H. G. eban; mod. Germ. eben; Dan. jevn; Swed. jemn; akin to Lat. aequus by interchange of palatal and labial, see Grimm’s Dict. s. v. eben]:—even, equal, but, like Lat. aequus, mostly in a metaph. sense, for sléttr (q. v.) answers to Lat. planus; often followed by a dat., jafn e-u, equal to a thing, in comparison:
    I. equal, equal to; jöfn eyri (dat.) gulls, K. Þ. K. 72; jafn Guði, equal to God; jafn mér, passim.
    2. equal, the same; enda er jöfn helgi hans meðan hann ferr svá með sér, Grág. i. 93; ella er jöfn sök við hann fram á leið, 322; at ek verða jafn drengr í hvert sinn, Sd. 188; þínar verða flestar jafnastar, thy acts are mostly the same, i. e. all bad, Fms. viii. 409.
    3. fixed, unchanged; með jafnri leigu, jöfnum kaupum, jöfnum skildaga, Rétt. 2. 7, Stat. 264, Fb. ii. 137; hann var ellefu vetra eðr tíu, ok sterkr at jöfnum aldri, and strong for his age, Eg. 188, 592; eiga þeir jöfnum höndum (see hönd) allt þat er þeir taka, Grág. ii. 66.
    4. even, even-tempered; jafn ok úmíslyndr, Mar.: of numbers, jöfn tala, even in tale, equal, opp. to odda-tala, Alg. 356.
    II. neut. jafnt or jamt, almost adverbially, equally, just; jafnt utan sem innan, Grág. i. 392: as, just as, ok hafa eitt atferli báðar jamt, both together, both alike, Fms. xi. 137; jafnt er sem þér sýnisk (‘tis as it appears, indeed), af er fótrinn, Nj. 97; jafnt þrælar sem frjálsir menn, Fms. i. 113: jamt sem, just as, equally as; jafnt sem í fjórðungs-dómi, jamt skal eiga féránsdóm eptir fjörbaugs-mann sem eptir skógar-mann, Grág. i. 87; skal hann láta virða fé þat jamt sem úmaga-eyri, 189; menn skulu svá sakir hluta, jamt sem á alþingi, 122; jafnt hefir komit er þú spáðir, it has happened just as thou didst foretel, Niðrst. 8: ellipt., ok skal hann þá jamt (sem þeir) allri bót upp halda, Grág. ii. 182.
    2. temp. at the same time, just; ek skíri þik, ok nefna barn, í nafni Föður, ok drepa barninu í vatn um sinn jafnt fram fyrir sik, and dip the bairn each time info the water, K. Þ. K. 10: just, precisely, in the very moment, þat var jamt Jóla-aptan sjálfan er þeir börðusk, Fms. xi. 15; jamt í því hann stakaði. 133.
    3. adverb., at jöfnu, equally, in equal shares, Fms. xi. 131.
    4. til jafns, vóru þeir engir at né eina íþrótt hefði til jafns við hann, Nj. 46; halda til jafns við e-n, Ld. 40; komask til jafns við e-n, Fb. i. 261.
    B. COMPDS:
    I. such a, so … a; Karvel jafn-frægum dreng, so fine a fellow as K., Karl. 103; er þat skömm jafn-mörgum mönnum, ‘tis a shame for so many men, Gísl. 51: with the particle sem, jafn-ungr sem hann var, young as he was, i. e. so young as he was for his age, Vápn. 5; vel hafi þér mínu máli komit, jafn-úvænt sem var, Þiðr. 136; kvað þat ekki hæfa á jafn-mikilli hátið sem ( in such a feast as) í hönd ferr, Fb. i. 376; at eigi skyldi Hugon keisari yfir þá stíga jafn-reiðr sem hann varð þeim, Karl. 478; undraðisk hón hversu fríðr ok fagr hann var jafn-gamall maðr ( for his age), Stj. 225; mikill maðr ertú þó Þórir, jafn-gamall, Ó. H. 176; Þórir Oddsson var sterkastr jafn-gamall, Gullþ. 4.
    II. mod. phrases such as, það er jafngott fyrir hann, it serves him right; hann er jafngóðr fyrir því, it won’t hurt him; or honum er það jafn-gott, it will do him good, serve him right; vera jafn-nær, to be equally near, i. e. none the better; hann fór jafnnær, it was all of no use.
    III. in countless COMPDS (esp. adjectives) with almost any participle or adverb, rarely with verbs and nouns, and denoting equal, as, the same, as seen from the context often followed by a dat., e. g. jafn-gamall e-m, of the same age as another person:—of these compds only some can be noticed: jafn-aldri, a, m. one of the same age, Fms. i. 13, vii. 199, Bs. i. 179, Eg. 25, 84. jafn-auðigr, adj. equally wealthy, Band. 2: equally happy, hann setr hund sinn jafnaudigan okkr undir borði, Bjarn. 27. jafn-auðsær, adj. as perspicuous, Eluc. 41. jafn-auðveldr, adj. as easy, Ld. 78. jafn-ágætr, adj. as good, as noble, Nj. 129. jafn-ákafr, adj. as impetuous, Fms. xi. 137. jafn-beinn, adj. as straight, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-berr, adj. equally bare, Fas. i. 67. jafn-bitinn, part. evenly bitten or grazed, of a field, Gþl. 407. jafn-bitr, jafn-beittr, adj. as sharp, keen. jafn-bjartr, adj. as bright, Nj. 208: neut., Sks. 69. jafn-bjóða, bauð; j. e-m, to be a match for one, Finnb. 260: to be equal to, contest on equal terms with one, Fms. ii. 27, vii. 22; gripr betri en þeim peningum jafnbjóði, 655 xxx. 10. jafn-blíðr, adj. equally mild, Fær. 154. jafn-borinn, part. of equal birth, Ld. 332, Fms. x. 79 (v. l.), Gþl. 133; j. til e-s, having equal birthright to, Fms. vii. 8, x. 407. jafn-brattr, adj. as steep. jafn-brátt, n. adj. as soon, at the same moment, Hom. 114. jafn-breiðr, adj. equally broad, Edda 28, Gþl. 355. jafn-búinn, part. equally ‘boun’ or armed, Fms. ii. 165: ready, prepared, Stj. jafn-deildr, part. equally shared, Hom. 148. jafn-digr, adj. as stout, Sturl. iii. 63. jafn-djúpr, adj. as deep. jafn-djúpvitr, adj. as deep-scheming, Orkn. 214, Hkr. iii. 95. jafn-drengilegr, adj. as gallant, Ísl. ii. 446. jafn-drjúgdeildr, part. going as far, of stores, Sturl. i. 166. jafn-drjúgr, adj. keeping as long, Sturl. i. 216, Rb. 18. jafn-dýrligr, adj. equally splendid, Bs. i. 454. jafn-dýrr, adj. as costly, glorious, of the same price, K. Þ. K. 28, Nj. 56, Grett. 104 A, N. G. L. i. 150, 348. jafn-dægri, n. (mod. jafndægr), the equinox, both dægr (q. v.) being equally long, Edda 103, Rb. 454, 456, 472, and passim: equal length, of day and night, Fb. i. 539; see eykt. jafn-dæmi, n. equal judgment, justice, Fms. vi. 431, Pr. 413. jafn-dæmr, adj. just, giving equal judgment, Rb. 364. jafn-einfaldr, adj. as simple, guileless, Hom. 50. jafn-fagr, adj. as fair, Nj. 112. jafn-fallegr, adj. as handsome. jafn-fastr, adj. equally firm, Grág. i. 7, K. Þ. K. 166: as adv., Fms. x. 270, Finnb. 338. jafn-fáir, adj. as few. jafn-feigr, adj. as fey. jafn-feitr, adj. as fat. jafn-fimlega, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as alert, Fms. ii. 273. jafn-fimr, adj. as alert, Fær. 272, Hkr. i. 291, v. l. jafn-fjær, adv. as far. jafn-fjölmennr, adj. with as many men, Nj. 222. jafn-flatt, n. adj.; fara j., to fare so ill, Fms. vi. 379; see flatr. jafn-fljótr, adj. as swift. jafn-fram, adv. equally forward, side by side: with dat., jafnfram skipi Rúts, Nj. 8: locally, of places, over against, (= gegnt and gagn-vart, q. v.); with dat., er hann kom jafnfram Borgund, Hkr. ii. 309; j. Eiðsvelli, Vermá, Fms. ix. 408; j. gagntaki konungs sonar, j. boðanum, vii. 170, ix. 387 (v. l.): as adv., standa jafnfram, to stand evenly, in a straight line; standa allir j. fyrir konungs borðinu, i. 16, Eg. 581, Nj. 140, Rb. 466, Sturl. iii. 244: temp. at the same moment, of two things happening together, Fms. vi. 24; þeir riðu til þings jafnfram Skeggja, Þórð. 18 new Ed.; hann ferr ávalt jafnfram í frásogn æfi Guðs-sonar, follows parallel in the story, 625. 83: in equal share, taka arf j., Gþl. 248; at the same time, also, hugsa þat j., at the same time consider, Stj. 156; jafnfram sem, jafnfram ok, as soon as, Karl. 158, Pr. 413. jafn-framarla, -framar, -liga, adv. as forward, as far, just as well, Ld. 254, Bs. i. 778. jafn-frammi, adv. = jafnframt, Sks. 364, Sturl. i. 32: temp., Fms. iii. 218. jafn-framt, adv. = jafnfram, Háv. 42: temp., Sturl. i. 1: along with, with dat., Pass. viii. 9: equally, in the same degree, Ld. 62. jafn-fríðr, adj. as fair, Fms. i. 8: as valuable, K. Þ. K. 172. jafn-frjáls, adj. equally free, Fas. iii. 8. jafn-frjálsliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as freely, as liberally, Hkr. i. 78. jafn-fróðr, adj. as wise, as knowing, Sks. 544. jafn-frægr, adj. as famous, Fas. i. 277. jafn-frækn, adj. equally gallant, Edda. jafn-fullr, adj. as full, Grág. i. 20, 68, Gþl. 477. jafn-fúinn, adj. equally rotten, jafn-fúss, adj. equally willing, Sturl. i. 190. jafn-færr, adj. as able, Nj. 97. jafn-fætis, adv. on equal footing; standa j. e-m, Sturl. ii. 134, Hkr. ii. 153. jafn-gamall, adj. of the same age, Ld. 108, Fms. i. 60, xi. 96. jafn-geði, n. evenness of temper, Sks. 435. jafn-gefinn, part. equally given to, Fas. i. 268. jafn-gegnt, adv. just opposite to, Sks. 63, Fms. ix. 463; see gegnt. jafn-girnd, f. and jafn-girni, f. fairness, equity, Sks. 273, 639, Hom. 17. jafn-gjarn, adj. as eager, Hom. 19: as equitable, Sks. 355, Hom. 135, Karl. 495. jafn-gjarna (- gjarnliga), adv. as willingly, as readily, Fms. iii. 45 (v. l.), ix. 508, Stj. jafn-glaðr, adj. as glad, as cheerful, Eb. 88: neut., mér er ekki jafnglatt sem áðr, Fas. i. 106. jafn-glöggt, n. adj. as clearly, Bs. i. 352. jafn-góðr, adj. equally good, as good, Nj. 18, Eg. 54, Gþl. 233, N. G. L. i. 347, Dipl. v. 16: unhurt, none the worse, see (II) above. jafn-góðviljaðr, adj. with equally good will, Stj. 629. jafn-grannr, adj. equally thin. jafn-grimmliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as fiercely, Th. jafn-grimmr, adj. as fierce, Sks. 79. jafn-grunnr, adj. as shallow. jafn-gæfr, adj. as meek, Rb. 397. jafn-göfigr, adj. as good, as famous, Sturl. iii. 11, Bs. i. 133. jafn-görla, adv. as clearly, Grág. i. 299, Fms. ii. 171, Fas. i. 271. jafn-hafðr, part. equally used, N. G. L. i. 249. jafn-hagliga, adv. as skilfully, Krók. 53. jafn-hagr, adj. as skilful in handiwork, Nj. 147. jafn-harðr, adj. as hard, as severe, Nj. 79: neut. jafn-hart, as fast, Fas. iii. 488: jafn-harðan, adv. instantly. jafn-harðsnúinn, part. as hard-twisted, as tight, Nj. 79. jafn-hár, adj. as high, as tall, as loud, Rb. 112, 474, Fas. ii. 79: of metre, see hár (I. 3), Fms. vi. 386, Skálda 182, 190: neut., Stj. 79. jafnhátta-góðr, adj. as well-mannered, Ld. 174. jafn-heilagr, adj. as holy, as inviolable, Sks. 674, Grág. i. 90. jafn-heill, adj. as hale, as whole, Eg. 425, v. l. jafn-heimoll, adj. equally open to use, Eg. 47, Ld. 70, Gþl. 214, 353: equally bound, 57. jafn-heimskr, adj. equally stupid, Fms. ii. 156, Sd. 178. jafn-heitr, adj. as hot, Sks. 540. jafn-hentr, adj. as well fitted, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-hlær, adj. equally snug, Rb. 440. jafn-hollr, adj. equally sincere, Orkn. 166. jafn-hógværliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as meekly, Krók. 36. jafn-hógværr, adj. as gentle. jafn-hraustr, adj. as valiant, Fms. ii. 356, Krók. 51. jafn-hryggr, adj. as distressed, Hkr. iii. 269. jafn-hugaðr, adj. even-tempered, Sks. 24: of one mind, 300: as daring. jafn-hvass, adj. as sharp, Ld. 306: blowing as hard. jafn-hvatr, adj. as bold, as quick, Sturl. i. 112, v. l. jafn-hvítr, adj. equally white. jafn-hæðiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as ridiculous, Fas. iii. 91. jafn-hægr, adj. equally easy, ready, meek, Fms. ii. 106, Fær. 69, Grág. i. 264, ii. 257. jafn-hættr, adj. as dangerous, Sks. 540. jafn-höfigr, adj. as heavy, Rb. 102, Edda 38. jafn-ílla, adv. as badly, Fms. viii. 140 (v. l.), Ísl. ii. 181. jafn-ílliligr, adj. (-liga, adv.) as ill-looking, Fas. ii. 207. jafn-íllr, adj. equally bad, Grág. ii. 145, Fas. ii. 513. jafn-kaldr, adj. as cold, Sks. 215. jafn-keypi, n. an equal bargain, Fs. 25. jafn-kominn, part. on even terms, Sks. 455: neut. an even match, jafnkomit er á með ykkr, ye are well-matched, Nj. 59; hann kvað jafnkomit með þeim fyrir aldrs sakir, Fms. iii. 76; jafnkomnir til erfðar, with equal title to, Grág. i. 304; jafnkomnir til fyrir ættar sakir, Fms. i. 220; jafnkomnir at frændsemi, Ísl. ii. 315. jafn-kosta, adj. well-matched, good enough, of wedlock, Stj. 204. jafn-kostgæfinn, adj. equally painstaking, Bs. i. 681. jafn-krappr, adj. as straight, narrow; í jafnkrappan stað, in such a strait, Ld. 168. jafn-kringr, adj. equally dexterous, Sks. 381. jafn-kristinn, adj. a fellow Christian, Jb. 92, Barl. 44. jafn-kunnigr, adj. as well known, Grett. 162 A: knowing as well. jafn-kunnr, adj. as well known, Hom. 90. jafn-kurteis, adj. as courteous, Sturl. i. 165. jafn-kyrr, adj. as quiet. jafn-kýta, t, with dat. = jafnyrða. jafn-kænn, adj. as ‘cunning,’ as well versed, Stj. 561. jafn-kærr, adj. as dear, as beloved, Fms. i. 215, xi. 319. jafn-langr, adj. as long, equally long, Fms. xi. 376, Gþl. 350, 355, Ísl. ii. 219, Grág. i. 406, Edda 138 ( of the same length): neut., en ef þær segja jafnlangt, if they say both the same, Grág. i. 7. jafn-lágr, adj. equally low. jafn-leiðr, adj. equally loathed, Fms. viii. 240. jafn-leiki, n. = jafnleikit. jafn-leikit, n. part. an equal game, Fms. xi. 131. jafn-lendi, n. a level, even piece of ground, Eg. 584. jafn-lengd, f. ‘even-length,’ the return to the same time in the next day, week, month, year, etc.: of a day, til jafnlengdar annars dags, Grág. ii. 16, Stj. 49; þann sama dag tók Gormr konungr sótt, ok andaðisk annan dag at jafnlengdinni, Fms. i. 119, Fas. ii. 30, 37: of a year, anniversary, skal eigi brullaup vera fyrr en at jafnlengd, Grág. i. 311; tíu aurar sé leigðir eyri til jafnlengdar (a year’s rent), 390; at jafnlengd it síðasta, 487; eigi síðarr en fyrir jafnlengd, Fms. xi. 397; halda hátíð at jafnlengdum, Greg. 13, Hom. 98; jafnlengdar-dagr, 129, Fms. v. 214, Dipl. v. 8; jafnlengdar hátíð, an anniversary, Greg. 13. jafn-lengi, adv. as long, Grág. i. 423, Fms. iii. 9, MS. 732. 7. jafn-léttmæltr, adj. equally easy, just as pleasant in one’s speech, Fms. vii. 227. jafn-léttr, adj. as light, as easy, Sturl. iii. 90: neut. (adverb.), Kjartani var ekki annat jafn-létthjalat, K. liked not to speak of anything so much, Ld. 214. jafn-léttvígr, adj. as ready in wielding arms, Sturl. iii. 90. jafn-liða, adj. with an equal number of men, Eb. 144. jafn-liga, adv. equally, fairly; sýnisk mér eigi j. á komit, Bs. i. 531, Vm. 169; skipta j., Fb. ii. 300: perpetually, all along, always, usually, Fms. i. 191, x. 88, 89, Dipl. v. 8, Rb. 348, 472, Stj. 77. jafn-ligr, adj. equal, fair, Hkr. ii. 149, Háv. 57, Eg. 488; er þat miklu jafnligra, a more equal match, Fms. vii. 115. jafn-líkligr, adj. as likely, Sturl. iii. 7, Lv. 77. jafn-líkr, adj. as like, Lv. 58, Fas. ii. 478: equal, alike, j. sem hornspónar efni, Bs. i. 59. jafn-lítill, adj. as little, Fas. iii. 487. jafn-ljóss, adj. as bright, Bret. 62. jafn-ljótr, adj. as ugly, Fms. iv. 175. jafn-ljúfr, adj. as willing. jafn-lygn, adj. as ‘loun,’ as calm, of the wind. jafn-lyndi, n., fem. in Mar. 848; evenness of temper, Stj., Fagrsk. 132, Bs. i. 141, Mar. passim. jafn-lyndr, adj. even-tempered, Fms. vi. 287, viii. 447 (v. l.) jafn-lýðskyldr, adj. equally bound, as liegemen, Sks. 270. jafn-lærðr, adj. as learned. jafn-magr, adj. equally meagre. jafn-maki, a, m. an equal, a match, Sks. 22, 255. jafn-mannvænn, adj. equally promising, Þorf. Karl. 382. jafn-margr, adj. as many, Nj. 104, Grág. ii. 210, 403, Fms. i. 152, ii. 34. jafn-máttugr, adj. as mighty, Fms. ii. 157, Eluc. 6. jafn-máttuligr, adj. equally possible, 655 xxii. B. jafn-menni, n. an equal, a match, Ld. 132, Ísl. ii. 358, Fms. vi. 345, vii. 103. jafn-menntr, adj. of equal rank, Hrafn. 10. jafn-merkiligr, adj. equally dignified, Bs. i. 148. jafn-mikill, adj. as great, Grág. ii. 264, 403, Fms. i. 1, Gþl. 363: equally big, tall, Fms. x. 202, Nj. 11: neut. as much, Fms. vii. 240, Skálda 168. jafn-mildr, adj. as mild, as gracious, Rb. 366. jafn-minnigr, adj. having as good a memory, Bs. i. 681. jafn-mjúkliga, adv. as meekly, as gently, Lv. 50. jafn-mjúkr, adj. equally soft. jafn-mjök, adv. as much, as strongly, Grág. ii. 140, Skálda 168. jafn-myrkr, adj. equally dark, Skálda 209. jafn-mæli, n. fair play, equality, Fb. i. 407, Fms. vi. 206, Grág. i. 88, 200, Ld. 258, H. E. i. 247, Karl. 99. jafn-naumr, adj. as close. jafn-náinn, adj.; j. at frændsemi, equally near akin, Grág. i. 171, ii. 67, Eb. 124, Ísl. ii. 315, (jafnan, Ed.) jafn-nær, mod. jafn-nærri, adv. equally near: loc., er Ólafs mark j. báðum, Fms. vii. 64, 268, Sks. 63, 216: as near, at honum væri úvarligt at láta jafnmarga heiðna menn vera j. sér, Fms. ii. 34: equally near (by birth), i. 123: metaph., eigi hefir honum jafnnærri gengit újafnaðr þeirra sem mér, Sturl. iii. 238: also jafn-nær, adj. equally nigh, not a whit the better, see (II) above. jafn-nætti, n. the equinox, 673. 54, Stj. 15. jafn-oki, a, m. = jafnmaki, an equal, a match for one, Sks. 22: a play-fellow, Stj. 497, Þiðr. 213. jafn-opt, adv. as often, Nj. 211, Rb. 566, Grág. i. 186. jafn-ótt, adj., neut. as adv., at the same, time, immediately. Pass. 20. 2: one after another, taka e-ð jafnótt og það kemr. jafn-rakkr, adj. as strong, as straight, Ld. 168. jafn-ramr, adj. as mighty, as great a wizard, Vþm. 2. jafn-rangr; adj. as wrong. jafn-ráðinn, part. equally determined, Grett. 149. jafn-reiðr, adj. equally angry, Háv. 52. jafn-rétti, n. an equal right. jafnréttis-maðr, m. a man with equal right, N. G. L. i. 31. jafn-réttr, adj. as right, as lawful, Edda 93, Grág. i. 18: of equal authority, Hkr. iii. 79. jafn-réttvíss, adj. equally just, Sks. 670. jafn-rífligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as large, Lv. 75. jafn-ríkr, adj. as rich, equally mighty. jafn-rjóðr, adj. as ruddy, Hkr. i. 102. jafn-rúmr, adj. equally large, Bjarn. jafn-ræði, n. an equal match, Fms. ii. 22, Glúm. 350, Nj. 49, Gþl. 215. jafn-röskr, adj. as brisk, as quick, Fms. iii. 225, vi. 96. jafn-saman, adv.; fyrir þessa hugsan alla jafnsaman, all at once, all together, Fms. i. 185, Ld. 326, Ó. H. 46, Stj. 86, 121, Barl. 191. jafn-sannr, adj. equally true, 671. 1, Edda 19, Stj. 471. jafn-sárr, adj. as sore, as smarting, Mar. jafn-seinn, adj. as slow. jafn-sekr, adj. just as guilty, Grág. ii. 64, 89. jafn-síðis, adv. along with. jafn-síðr, adj. as long, of a garment (síðr), Stj. 563. jafn-sjúkr, adj. as sick, Fms. v. 324. jafn-skammr, adj. as short, Al. 129. jafn-skarpliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as briskly, Nj. 199, v. l. jafn-skarpr, adj. as sharp, as keen. jafn-skipti, n. equal, fair dealing. jafn-skiptiliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally, mutually, Stj. 159. jafn-skiptr, part. equally shared. jafn-skjótr, adj. as swift, Fms. vii. 169, Rb. 454:—jafn-skjótt, neut. as adv. immediately, at once, Eg. 87, 291, 492, Fms. ii. 10; jafnskjótt sem, as soon as, Nj. 5, Barl. 176, Karl. 409, 441. jafn-skygn, adj. as clear-sighted, 655 xiii. A, Bjarn. 59. jafn-skyldliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as dutifully, Ver. 3. jafn-skyldr, adj. equally bound or obliged, Grág. ii. 362, 403, Gþl. 70, 477, Fms. vii. 274. jafn-sköruliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally bold, Nj. 199. jafn-slétta, u, f. even, level ground. jafn-sléttr, adj. equally level, Stj. 79: as easily, Fas. ii. 48. jafn-slægr, adj. as cunning, Fær. 99. jafn-snarpr, adj. (-snarpligr, adj., -liga, adv.), as sharp, Fms. vi. 156. jafn-snarr, adj. as alert. jafn-snart, adj., neut. as adv., as soon, instantly, Fas. iii. 434, Matth. xxvii. 48. jafn-snauðr, adj. as poor. jafn-snemma, adv. at the very same moment, of a coincidence, Eg. 425, Nj. 253, Fms. vi. 221; allir j., all at once, ix. 506, xi. 368 ( both together); vóru þessir atburðir margir jafnsnemma, en sumir litlu fyrr eðr síðar, Hkr. ii. 368. jafn-snjallr, adj. equal, Glúm., Bjarn. (in a verse). jafn-spakr, adj. equally wise, Hm. 53. jafn-sparr, adj. as saving, as close, Grág. i. 197, 222. jafn-sterkr, adj. as strong, Fms. i. 43. jafn-stirðr, adj. as stiff. jafn-stórlátr, adj. as proud, Ld. 116. jafn-stórliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as proudly, Ölk. 34. jafn-stórr, adj. as big, as great. jafn-stórættaðr, adj. of equally high birth, Fms. iv. 26. jafn-stríðr, adj. as hard, severe, Sks. 639. jafn-stuttr, adj. equally short, brief. jafn-syndligr, adj. as sinful, Sks. 674. jafn-sætr, adj. as sweet, Fb. i. 539. jafn-sætti, n. an agreement on equal terms, Nj. 21, Sturl. iii 253, Fb. i. 126. jafn-tamr, adj. equally alert. jafn-tefli, n. an equal, drawn game, Vígl. 32. jafn-tengdr, part. in equal degrees of affinity, Grág. ii. 183. jafn-tíðhjalat, n. part. as much talked about, Nj. 100. jafn-tíðrætt, n. adj. = jafntíðhjalat, Nj. 100. jafn-tíguliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally lordly, Fms. x. 109. jafn-títt, n. adj. as often, as frequent, Niðrst. 10. jafn-torogætr, adj. as rarely to be got, choice, Bs. i. 143. jafn-torsótligr, adj. as hard to get at, Fms. x. 358. jafn-trauðr, adj. as unwilling. jafn-traustr, adj. as much to be trusted, Fms. vi. 244. jafn-trúr, jafn-tryggr, adj. as faithful. jafn-undarligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as strange, Sks. 80. jafn-ungr, adj. as young, Fms. iii. 60, iv. 383. jafn-úbeint, n. adj. as far from the mark, of a bad shot, Fms. viii. 140. jafn-úfærr, adj. as unpassable, Sturl. iii. 163. jafn-úhefnisamr, adj. as tame, Rb. 366. jafn-úráðinn, part. as irresolute, Grett. 153. jafn-úspakr, adj. as unruly, Sturl. ii. 63. jafn-útlagr, adj. having to lay out the same fine, N. G. L. i. 158. jafn-vandhæfr, adj. as dangerous to keep, treat, Grág. i. 89. jafn-vandliga, adv. as carefully, Grág. ii. 249. jafn-varliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as warily, Fms. vii. 127. jafn-varmr, adj. as warm, Sks. 217. jafn-varr, adj. as well aware, as much on one’s guard, Dropl. 28. jafn-vaskliga, adv. as gallantly, Fms. vii. 127, Ld. 272. jafn-vaskligr, adj. as gallant. jafn-vaskr, adj. as bold, Str. 3. jafn-vátr, adj. equally wet. jafn-veginn, part. of full weight, Stj. 216. jafn-vegit, n. a law phrase, used when an equal number has been slain on both sides, in which case there were no further proceedings, Glúm. 383, Fas. ii. 208. jafn-vel, adv. as well, equally well, Nj. 48, Eg. 111, Gþl. 354: likewise, hafa fyrirgört fé ok friði ok jafnvel óðals-jörðum sínum, 142; en þenna eið skulu jafnvel biskupar ábyrgjask við Guð …, jafnvel sem ( as well as) hinir úlærðu, 57; jafnvel af sænum sem af landinu, Al. 2; ok jamvel sendir jarl þeim mönnum orð, sem …, Fms. xi. 120: even, dögföll um nætr jafnvel at heiðskírum veðrum, Stj. 17; jafnvel eptir þat er þau misgörðu, 40; jafnvel sýniliga, j. oss önduðum, 9, Bs. i. 549, Barl. 170, 176, Gísl. 83; this last sense is very freq. in mod. usage. jafn-velviljaðr, part. as well wishing, Sks. 312. jafn-vesall, adj. as wretched, Krók. 54. jafn-virði, n. equal wirth, Bs. i. 9, Al. 48. jafn-vægi, n. equal weight, equilibrium, Hkr. ii. 250, Fas. i. 121; bóandi ok húsfreyja j. sitt, i. e. both of them equally, N. G. L. i. 6. jafn-vægja, ð, to weigh the same as another, Fms. iii. 120. jafn-vægr, adj. of equal weight, Sks. 644. jafn-vænn, adj. equally fine, handsome, promising, Fms. x. 429, Sturl. iii. 67. jafn-vætta, t, to weigh against, counterbalance, Stj. 13, Þorst. Síðu H. 14. jafn-yrða, ð, with dat. to altercate, bandy words, Sturl. iii. 213. jafn-þarfr, adj. as useful, Arnor. jafn-þéttr, adj. pressed as closely together. jafn-þjófgefinn, adj. as thievish. jafn-þolinmóðr, adj. as patient, Rb. 366. jafn-þolinn, adj. as enduring. jafn-þreyttr, part. as weary. jafn-þrifinn, adj. as cleanly. jafn-þröngr, adj. as tight. jafn-þungr, adj. as heavy, pressing, Fms. v. 264, Stj. 278. jafn-þurr, adj. equally dry. jafn-þykkr, adj. as thick, Hkr. iii. 159. jafn-þyrstr, part. as thirsty. jafn-æfr, adj. as impetuous. jafn-æstr, part. equally excited, Band. 34 new Ed. jafn-örr, adj. as eager, as liberal. jafn-öruggr, adj. as firm, steadfast.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > JAFN

  • 77 προχωρέω

    A go or come forward, advance, πρὸς ἐμὴν χεῖρα as my hand guides thee, S.Ph. 148 (anap.), etc.; of troops, Th.2.12,3.111, etc.; of excrement, to be voided, Arist.HA 594b22 (later [voice] Pass., Alex. Trall.9.3); οἶκος εἰς βορρᾶν προκεχωρηκώς, Lat. vergens ad.., Luc. Hipp.7: of Time,

    τοῦ αἰῶνος προκεχωρηκότος X.Cyr.8.7.1

    , cf. Hdn.2.2.2, etc.;

    προὐχώρει ὁ πότος X.An.7.3.26

    , cf. Luc.DMeretr.15.2: of Degree,

    προχωρεῖ καὶ οὐ μένει τό τε θερμότερον ἀεὶ καὶ τὸ ψυχρότερον ὡσαύτως Pl.Phlb. 24d

    .
    2 of coin, pass current, Peripl.M.Rubr.47, S.E.M.1.178; of funds, to be allocated or expended,

    εἰς τὴν τῶν τειρώνων συντέλειαν IGRom.4.1763

     ([place name] Tira), cf. IG42(1).91.10 (iii A.D.), PSI4.285.4 (iv A.D.).
    3 to be imported, Peripl.M.Rubr.6, al.
    II metaph., of states, wars, enterprises, etc., proceed, freq. with some word denoting a good or bad issue,

    δόξας εὖ προχωρῆσαι δόμος E.Heracl. 486

     (nisi leg. δρόμος)

    ; τὰ Περσέων πρήγματα ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος προκεχώρηκε Hdt.7.50

    ;

    Ἴωσι προχωρησάντων ἐπὶ μέγα τῶν πραγμάτων Th.1.16

    ; οὕτως ὠμὴ <ἡ> στάσις π. Id.3.81;

    αὐτῷ π. τὰ πράγματα ᾗ ἐβούλετο Id.1.74

    ;

    τούτων προκεχωρηκότων ὡς ἐβούλοντο X.HG5.2.1

    , cf. 7.2.1, Cyr.2.3.16: abs., go on well, prosper,

    οὔ τι προχωρέειν οἷον τε ἔσται τῶν πρηγμάτων Hdt.8.108

    ; ἐπεί τέ σφι.. οὐ προεχώρεε [κάτοδος] Id.5.62;

    ἤν τινά γε προχωρῇ Hp.Fract.15

     (v.l. προς-) ; τὸ ἔργον π. Th.8.68;

    τὰ πλείω αὐτοῖς προὐκεχωρήκει Id.4.73

    , cf. 6.103; τὰ νῦν προχωρήσαντα your present successes, Id.4.18; of auguries and the like , τὰ διαβατήρια αὐτοῖς οὐ π. Id.5.54;

    ἴσως ἂν τὰ ἱερὰ μᾶλλον προχωροίη ἡμῖν X.An.6.4.21

    : rarely of ill success, turn out,

    παρὰ δόξαν αὐτοῖς π. τῶν πραγμάτων Plb.5.29.1

    ; τὸ δ' ἐς τοὐναντίον π. Luc.Alex.36.
    2 impers., προχωρεῖ μοι it goes on well for me, I have success, commonly with neg., ὥς οἱ δόλῳ οὐ προεχώρεε when he could not succeed by craft, Hdt.1.205, cf. 84, Th.1.109, etc.; οὐ προὐχώρει ᾗ προσεδέχοντο things did not succeed as.., Id.3.18: c.inf., ἢν μὴ προχωρήσῃ ἴσον ἑκάστῳ ἔχοντι ἀπελθεῖν if it be not possible.., Id.4.59; ἐὰν τοῖς γεωργοῖς προχωρῇ πωλεῖν κτλ. PCair.Zen.723.8 (iii B.C.); ῥίψαντες, ὡς ἑκάστοις προὐχώρει (sc. ῥῖψαι).. Arr.An.1.1.12; ἡνίκ' ἂν ἑκάστῳ π. X.Cyr.1.2.4; ὁπόσα σοι προχωρεῖ as much as is convenient, ib.3.2.29, cf. An.1.9.13: abs. in part., προκεχωρηκότων τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις ὥστε.. when things went on so well for them that.., Id.HG5.3.27.
    3 later, of persons, advance, ἐπὶ μέγα π. Luc. DMort.12.2; of excess, ἐς πᾶν τρυφῆς π. D.C.39.37, cf. 48.1;

    ἐς τοῦτο, ὥστε.. Id.73.3

    ;

    ἐς τοσοῦτον μανίας, ὡς.. Hdn.1.15.8

    .
    III come forward to speak, π. τῶν ἄλλων come out in front of the rest, v.l. in Din.3.14.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προχωρέω

  • 78 προλαμβάνω

    προλαμβάνω 2 aor. προέλαβον; 1 aor. pass. προελήμφθην (on the sp. s. B-D-F §101 p. 53; Mlt-H. 246f) (Trag., Hdt.+; ins, pap, LXX, EpArist; SibOr 3, 569; Philo, Joseph., Just.; Ath., R. 25 p. 78, 23) prim. ‘take before(hand)’.
    ① to do someth. that involves some element of temporal priority
    ⓐ w. temporal force of προ felt rather strongly πρ. τι do someth. before the usual time, anticipate someth. (cp. Theophr., HP 8, 1, 4 πρ. ταῖς εὐδίαις τὴν αὔξησιν ‘begin the growth beforehand in favorable weather’; IG XIV, 2014, 1; Philo, Somn. 1, 2; Just., D. 131, 4 πάντα [of God]) w. inf. foll. (Jos., Ant. 6, 305; B-D-F §392, 2; Rob. 1120) προέλαβεν μυρίσαι τὸ σῶμά μου she had anointed my body beforehand Mk 14:8.
    ⓑ w. temporal force of προ still felt take it upon oneself, undertake (in the sense ‘anticipate mentally’ in Polyb. and Plut.; EpArist 206; w. inf. foll. Hippocr., Ep. 27, 41) προέλαβον παρακαλεῖν ὑμᾶς IEph 3:2.
    ⓒ take, get of a meal (SIG 1170, 7; 9; 15 of the taking of food [ἄρτον, γάλα et al.] in the temple of Asclepius in Epidaurus. S. also vWilamowitz in note 4 to the ins) prob. w. the temporal force of προ felt to a degree ἕκαστος τὸ ἴδιον δεῖπνον προλαμβάνει ἐν τῷ φαγεῖν in eating, each goes on ahead to take one’s own supper 1 Cor 11:21 (s. ἴδιος 1b).
    ② to ascertain someth. by surprise, detect, overtake, surprise τινά someone (TestJud 2:5 running down a boar) pass. (POxy 928, 8; Wsd 17:16) ἐὰν προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι Gal 6:1. See Field, Notes 190; JRobb, ET 57, ’45/46, 222.—M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > προλαμβάνω

  • 79 στενοχωρέω

    στενοχωρέω (στενός, χῶρος ‘space’) 1 aor. 3 sg. ἐστενοχώρησεν Judg 16:16 B (since Machon [III B.C.] vs. 396; pap, though intr.)
    ① to confine or restrict to a narrow space, crowd, cramp, confine, restrict (Diod S 20, 29, 7; Lucian, Nigr. 13, Tox. 29 al.; LXX) fig., pass. be confined, restricted (Herm. Wr. 2, 11; schol. on Eur., Med. 57 στενοχωρεῖσθαι τῷ κακῷ; Is 28:20; Jos., Bell. 4, 163) οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν you are not restricted in us (i.e. they are not boxed off in a narrow area of Paul’s affection; s. vs. 11), but rather in your own hearts 2 Cor 6:12.
    ② to be in a circumstance that seems to offer no way out, be distressed fig. ext. of 1, pass., as the higher degree beside θλίβεσθαι (Epict. 1, 25, 28) θλιβόμενοι ἀλλʼ οὐ στενοχωρούμενοι hard pressed, but not distressed/crushed 2 Cor 4:8. In act. sense, of the Holy Spirit, when anger moves into a person whom he indwells: στενοχωρεῖται he is distressed Hm 5, 1, 3. Of the hardships that the slaves of God, in contrast to the unrighteous, must undergo 2 Cl 20:1.—DELG s.v. στενός. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > στενοχωρέω

  • 80 ἕως

    ἕως (Hom.+)
    ① to denote the end of a period of time, till, until.
    ⓐ as conjunction
    α. w. the aor. ind. (Lysias 25, 26; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 58; Wsd 10:14; 1 Macc 10:50; Jdth 10:18; En 13:7; 102:10; PsSol 2:26; 4:10; SibOr 5, 528; Ar. 12, 2) ἕως ἐστάθη until it stood still Mt 2:9. ἕως ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμός until the flood came 24:39.—Ac 19:10 D.
    β. w. the aor. subj. and, as the rule requires (s. AFuchs, D. Temporalsätze mit d. Konj. ‘bis’ u. ‘so lange als.’ 1902), ἄν (X., An. 5, 1, 11; SIG 966, 11; 1207, 10; PPetr II, 40a, 28; POxy 1124, 7; Gen 24:14; 49:10; Ex 33:22; Lev 22:4 and oft. LXX; TestAbr B 7 p. 112, 2 [Stone p. 72]; TestJob 21:2; ParJer 2:3; ApcMos 26 p. 14, 7 Tdf.; Jos., Ant. 13, 400; Just., A I, 45, 1), to denote that the commencement of an event is dependent on circumstances: ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι until I tell you Mt 2:13.—5:18 (AHoneyman, NTS 1, ’54/55, 141f), 26 (cp. SIG 731, 16ff ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷ); 10:23; 22:44 (Ps 109:1); Mk 6:10; 9:1; 12:36 (Ps 109:1); Lk 20:43 (Ps 109:1); 21:32; Ac 2:35 (Ps 109:1); 1 Cor 4:5; Hb 1:13; B 12:10 (the two last Ps 109:1).—Without ἄν (Soph., Aj. 555, Phil. 764; Polyb. 35, 2, 4; SIG 976, 79; UPZ 18, 10 [II B.C.]; PGrenf II, 38, 16 [I B.C.]; POxy 531, 6; 1125, 15; 1159, 21; Sir 35:17; Tob 14:5 BA; En 10:12, 17; TestSol 15:10; ParJer 5:14; GrBar 11:2; SibOr 5, 217; Just. D. 39, 6): Mt 10:23 v.l.; 18:30; Mk 14:32; Lk 15:4 and 22:34 (both v.l. ἕως οὗ); 2 Th 2:7; Js 5:7; Hb 10:13; Rv 6:11.
    γ. w. the pres. ind. (cp. Plut., Lycurg. 29, 3) ἕως ἔρχομαι until I come J 21:22f; 1 Ti 4:13; Hs 5, 2, 2; 9, 10, 5f; cp. 9, 11, 1.
    δ. w. the fut. ind. (cp. PHolm 26, 7; Jdth 10:15) in a text-critically doubtful pass. (B-D-F §382, 2; Rob. 971f; 976) ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε (ἥξει ὅτε is lacking as v.l.) until (the time) comes when you say Lk 13:35.
    ⓑ used as prep. (appears first at the end of the IV cent. B.C. [Schwyzer II 550]) until, up to (Aristot. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; pseudepigr., also SibOr 5, 57; 118)
    α. w. gen. of a noun or an equivalent expr. (SIG 588, 64 [196 B.C.] ἕ. τοῦ τ. συνθήκης χρόνου; OGI 90, 16 ἕ. τοῦ πρώτου ἔτους; BGU 1128, 8 [14 B.C.]; oft. LXX; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 23 [Stone p. 54]) ἕ. τῆς ἡμέρας (Jdth 12:14; 1 Esdr 4:55; 1 Macc 13:39) Mt 27:64; Lk 1:80. ἕ. τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης (Jdth 1:15) Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25. ἕ. τ. ἡμ. ταύτης (4 Km 17:23; 1 Macc 8:10; 13:30; 1 Esdr 8:73; Bar 1:13; ApcMos 13 p. 7, 1 Tdf.) 1 Cl 11:2. ἕ. ὥρας ἐνάτης Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44. ἕ. τῆς πεντηκοστῆς 1 Cor 16:8. ἕ. τῆς σήμερον (sc. ἡμέρας) Mt 27:8 (Just., D. 134, 5). ἕ. τέλους until the end 1 Cor 1:8 (JosAs 12:3); ἕ. αἰῶνος forever (1 Ch 17:16; Sir 24:9; 44:13; Jdth 13:19; 1 Esdr 8:82; PsSol 18:11; TestJob 34:4) Hv 2, 3, 3. Of someone’s age or a period of life ἕ. ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τεσσάρων until the age of 84, prob.= until she was now 84 years old (so Goodsp., Probs. 79–81) Lk 2:37 (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 181). Used w. proper names (Polyb. 2, 41, 5; Diod S 1, 50, 6) ἕ. Ἰωάννου up to the time of John Mt 11:13. ἕ. Σαμουήλ Ac 13:20. In such cases, as well as in others, ἕ. often looks back to a preceding ἀπό: from … to (Bar 1:19; 1 Esdr 8:73; Sir 40:1; 1 Macc 16:2; 3 Macc 6:38 al.; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 18 Jac.): ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕ. Δαυίδ Mt 1:17a. ἀπὸ τ. βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕ. τῆς ἡμέρας Ac 1:22. ἀπὸ τ. ἕκτης ὥρας ἕ. ὥρας ἐνάτης Mt 27:45 (cp. SIG 736, 109 [92 B.C.] ἀπὸ τετάρτας ὥρας ἕ. ἑβδόμας; 1 Esdr 9:41). ἀπὸ πρωὶ̈ ἕ. ἑσπέρας Ac 28:23 (cp. Jos., Ant. 6, 364).—ἕ. τοῦ νῦν until now (Ps.-Lucian, Halc. 4; SIG 705, 44f [112 B.C.]; UPZ 122 [157 B.C.]; Gen 15:16; 18:12; Num 14:19; 1 Macc 2:33) after ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς Mt 24:21; Mk 13:19 (cp. BGU 1197, 8 [4 B.C.] ἕως τ. νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐννεακαιδεκάτου ἔτους Καίσαρος; Ezk 4:14). ἀπὸ Δαυὶδ ἕ. τ. μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος to the Babylonian exile Mt 1:17b.—As here, a historical event forms the boundary (cp. 1 Esdr 5:71; ParJer 3:11) in ἕ. τ. τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου 2:15.—W. the articular inf. (on the acc. with it s. B-D-F §406, 3) ἕ. τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν until he came to Caesarea Ac 8:40 (s. SIG 588, 93f; Gen 24:33; 28:15; 1 Macc 3:33; 5:19; Polyb., Joseph. [B-D-F §403]); but s. also 3a below.
    β. w. gen. of the relative pron. (οὗ or ὅτου) in the neut.
    א. ἕ. οὗ until (Hdt. 2, 143; Plut. et al.; LXX; En; TestAbr; TestJob 24:4; in local mng. SIG 495, 101) w. aor. ind. (Judg 3:30; 4:24 B; 4 Km 17:20; Tob 1:21; 2:4, 10; Jdth 10:10; 15:5; JosAs 10:2, 19; Jos., Ant. 10, 134) Mt 1:25; 13:33; Lk 13:21; Ac 21:26. W. aor. subj. (BGU 1209, 8 [23 B.C.]; PRyl 229, 14 [38 A.D.]; Judg 5:7 B; Ps 71:7; Jdth 6:5, 8; TestAbr B 2 p. 107, 3 [Stone p. 62]; ParJer 9:3; GrBar 13:5; ApcMos 31 p. 17, 10 Tdf.) Mt 18:34; Lk 15:4 v.l., 8; 22:18; 24:49; Ac 25:21; 2 Pt 1:19. After neg.=until, before Mt 17:9; J 13:38; Ac 23:12, 14, 21.
    ב. ἕ. ὅτου until w. aor. ind. (Diod S 19, 108, 3; 3 Km 10:7; 11:16; Da 2:34; 7:4) J 9:18. W. aor. subj. (POxy 1061, 16 [22 B.C.]; 1 Km 22:3; 2 Esdr 14:5) Lk 12:50; 13:8; 15:8 v.l.; 22:16, 18 v.l.
    γ. w. adv. of time (JosAs 10:17 ἕ. πρωί̈; Ath. 22, 6 ἕ. νῦν) ἕ. ἄρτι until now (s. ἄρτι 3), Mt 11:12; J 2:10; 5:17; 16:24; 1J 2:9; 1 Cor 4:13; 8:7; 15:6. ἕ. σήμερον (Sir 47:7) 2 Cor 3:15. ἕ. πότε; how long? (Ps 12:2, 3; 2 Km 2:26; 1 Macc 6:22; ApcSed 12:1f) Mt 17:17ab; Mk 9:19ab; Lk 9:41; J 10:24; Rv 6:10.
    ② to denote contemporaneousness, as long as, while
    ⓐ conj. w. ind. (Hom.+; Jdth 5:17) in our lit. only the pres. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 53 §218 ἕως χειμάζουσιν and ibid. ἕως Πομπήιος ἡγεῖται=while Pompey imagines; Jos., Bell. 7, 347; Just., D. 4, 4 ἕ. ἐν τῷ σώματί ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή) ἕ. ἡμέρα ἐστίν while it is day J 9:4 (v.l. ὡς. On this interchange s. LRadermacher, Philol. 60, 1901, 495f; B-D-F §455, 3); 12:35f v.l.; ἕ. αὐτὸς ἀπολύει τ. ὄχλον while he himself dismissed the crowd Mk 6:45. ἕ. ὑπάγουσιν while they were on their way Mt 25:10 D; ἕ. ἔτι ἔχομεν while we still have 2 Cl 16:1 (cp. Pla., Phd. 89c ἕ. ἔτι φῶς ἐστιν, Parmen. 135d ἕ. ἔτι νέος εἶ; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §127 ἕως ἔτι δύνασαι; PEleph 14, 24 [223 B.C.]; Sir 33:21 ἕως ἔτι ζῇς).
    ⓑ conj. w. subjunctive (PTebt 6, 42 [140 B.C.] ἕως … μένωσι; Dio Chrys. 27 [44], 5 ἕως ἂν … φέρῃ=‘as long as’; Appian, Numid. 4 §2) Mk 14:32; Lk 17:8.
    ⓒ in a few cases ἕως also has this sense when functioning as prep. with the gen. of the rel. pronoun in the neut. while ἕ. οὗ (Jos., Ant. 3, 279 [ἔχουσι]) w. subj. Mt 14:22; 26:36 (but s. Burton, MT §325 and Zwaan §314).—ἕ. ὅτου (SSol 1:12) w. ind. Mt 5:25.
    ③ marker of limit reached, as far as, to, funct. as prep.
    ⓐ w. gen. of place as far as, to (Polyb. 3, 76, 2; Diod S 1, 27, 5; SIG 588, 32 [196 B.C.] ἕ. θαλάσσης; 1231, 12 ἀπὸ … ἕως; PTebt 33, 5 [112 B.C.]; LXX; En 21:1; 22:6; PsSol 15:10; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 12f [Stone p. 12]; TestJob 20:6; GrBar 2:5; 11:8; JosAs 16:14; Jos., Bell. 1, 512; Mel., HE 4, 26, 14 ἕ. τοῦ τόπου …, ἔνθα) ἕ. Φοινίκης Ac 11:19. ἕ. Ἀντιοχείας vs. 22; ἕ. Βηθλεέμ Lk 2:15. ἕ. οὐρανοῦ, ᾅδου Mt 11:23; Lk 10:15 (ApcEsdr 4:32 p. 29, 8 Tdf.). ἕ. τῆς αὐλῆς Mt 26:58; cp. Lk 4:29. ἕ. ἐσχάτου τ. γῆς (Is 48:20; 62:11; 1 Macc 3:9; PsSol 1:4) Ac 1:8. ἕ. τρίτου οὐρανοῦ 2 Cor 12:2 (ApcSed 2:4). ἀπὸ … ἕ.: ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἕ. δυσμῶν Mt 24:27. ἀπʼ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕ. ἄκρων αὐτῶν vs. 31 (cp. Dt 30:4). ἀπʼ ἄκρου γῆς ἕ. ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ Mk 13:27 (cp. Jdth 11:21).—Also w. gen. of a pers., who is in a certain place (Aelian, VH 3, 18 ἕ. Ὑπερβορέων; 4 Km 4:22; 1 Macc 3:26) ἦλθον ἕ. αὐτοῦ Lk 4:42. διελθεῖν ἕ. ἡμῶν Ac 9:38. Prob. Ac 8:40 also belongs here (s. above 1bα end); then a pass. like Gen 10:19 would be comparable.
    ⓑ w. adv. of place (LXX) ἕ. ἄνω (2 Ch 26:8) to the brim J 2:7. ἕ. ἔσω right into Mk 14:54. ἕ. κάτω (Ezk 1:27; 8:2 looking back to ἀπό) ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕ. κάτω fr. top to bottom Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38 (cp. ἀπὸ ἔσω ἕω ἔξω TestSol 18:15 P). ἕ. ὧδε (Gen 22:5; 2 Km 20:16; 3 Km 18:45; Ar. 17, 1) ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τ. Γαλιλαίας ἕ. ὧδε Lk 23:5.
    ⓒ w. a prep. or another adv. ἕ. πρός (Polyb. 3, 82, 6; 12, 17, 4; Gen 38:1; Ezk 48:1) ἕ. πρὸς Βηθανίαν as far as B. Lk 24:50 (for the v.l. ἕ. εἰς Β. cp. Polyb. 1, 11, 14; Diod S 1, 27, 5; Aelian, VH 12, 22; Dt 31:24; 4 Km 2:6; PsSol 2:5; Jos., Ant. 16, 90). ἕ. καὶ εἰς even into Ac 26:11. ἕ. ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 21:5. ἕ. ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 (cp. 1 Macc 5:29; 3 Macc 7:18 A; PsSol 17:12; ἕ. ἐπὶ πολύ TestSol 7:2).
    ④ marker of order in a series, up to ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕ. πρώτων Mt 20:8. ὁ δεύτερος καὶ ὁ τρίτος ἕ. τῶν ἑπτά 22:26. ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕ. μεγάλου small and great (Bar 1:4; 1 Macc 5:45; Jdth 13:4) Ac 8:10; Hb 8:11 (Jer 38:34).—J 8:9 v.l.
    ⑤ marker of degree and measure, denoting the upper limit, to the point of ἕ. ἑπτάκις (4 Km 4:35; cp. TestSol 5:8 ἕ. ἑπτά; ApcSed 16:4 ἕ. εἴκοσι) as many as seven times Mt 18:21f; cp. vs. 22. ἕ. ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου (Esth 5:3; 7:2) Mk 6:23. οὐκ ἔστιν ἕ. ἑνός (cp. PTebt 56, 7 [II B.C.] οὐκ ἔχομεν ἕ. τῆς τροφῆς τῶν κτηνῶν ἡμῶν=‘we do not even have enough to feed our cattle’; Leontios, Vi. Joh. [ed. HGelzer 1893] 66, 21ff οὐ … ἕως ἑνὸς νομίσματος=‘not even a single coin’; cp. PRossGeorg III, 3, 22 ἕως δραχμῶν ἕκατον) there is not even one Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:3). ἐᾶτε ἕ. τούτου stop! No more of this Lk 22:51 (ἕ. τούτου=‘to this point’ Aristot., HA 9, 46; Polyb. 9, 36, 1; cp. 2 Km 7:18). ἕ. θανάτου unto death (Antig. Car. 16; Sir 34:12; 51:6; 4 Macc 14:19; JosAs 29:3): contend (Sir 4:28; cp. OGI 266, 29 [III B.C.] μαχοῦμαι ἕως ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου) 1 Cl 5:2. περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου ἕ. θανάτου Mt 26:38; Mk 14:34 (cp. Jon 4:9 σφόδρα λελύπημαι ἐγὼ ἕ. θανάτου).—DELG s.v. 2 ἕω. EDNT. New Docs 4, 154. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἕως

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • pass degree — noun : a bachelor s degree without honors that is taken at a British university * * * (in English universities) an ordinary bachelor s degree conferred without honors. Also called poll, poll degree. [1910 15] * * * pass degree noun A university… …   Useful english dictionary

  • pass degree — (in English universities) an ordinary bachelor s degree conferred without honors. Also called poll, poll degree. [1910 15] * * * …   Universalium

  • pass degree — noun Date: 1868 a bachelor s degree without honors that is taken at a British university …   New Collegiate Dictionary

  • pass degree — /ˈpas dəgri/ (say pahs duhgree) noun (in universities) a degree conferred without honours …  

  • pass degree —  One in which no distinctions (i.e. Honours) are gained …   A concise dictionary of English slang

  • pass examination — noun : an examination for a pass degree or in a pass course …   Useful english dictionary

  • degree — degreed, adj. degreeless, adj. /di gree /, n. 1. any of a series of steps or stages, as in a process or course of action; a point in any scale. 2. a stage or point in or as if in progression or retrogression: We followed the degrees of her… …   Universalium

  • pass — passless, adj. /pas, pahs/, v.t. 1. to move past; go by: to pass another car on the road. 2. to let go without notice, action, remark, etc.; leave unconsidered; disregard; overlook: Pass chapter two and go on to chapter three. 3. to omit the… …   Universalium

  • pass — ▪ I. pass pass 1 [pɑːs ǁ pæs] verb 1. [transitive] if an official group passes a law, proposal etc, or it passes that group, it is accepted by them, especially by voting: • Shareholders of Fibreboard Corp. narrowly passed a measure doubling the… …   Financial and business terms

  • pass — [[t]pæs, pɑs[/t]] v. t. 1) to move past; go by: to pass a car on the road[/ex] 2) to let go without notice, action, etc.; disregard 3) to cause or allow to go through a barrier, obstacle, etc.: The guard passed the visitor[/ex] 4) to go across or …   From formal English to slang

  • pass — [c]/pas / (say pahs) verb (passed or, Rare, past, passing) –verb (t) 1. to go by or move past (something). 2. to go by without acting upon or noticing; leave unmentioned. 3. to omit payment of (a dividend, etc.). 4. to go or get through (a… …  

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»